qtwo-20251231

Please wait

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.

☐ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from to

Q2 Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

001-36350

20-2706637

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

(Commission File Number)

(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

10355 Pecan Park Boulevard

Austin, Texas 78729

(833) 444-3469

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value	QTWO	New York Stock Exchange
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value	QTWO	NYSE Texas

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

☒

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☐

Smaller reporting company

☐

Emerging growth company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

Based on the closing price of the registrant's common stock on the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, which was June 30, 2025, the aggregate market value of its shares held by non-affiliates on that date was approximately $5,827,609,522. Shares of common stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status was based on publicly filed documents and is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

There were 62,404,372 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2026.

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates certain information by reference from the definitive proxy statement for the registrant's 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days of the registrant's fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, or the Proxy Statement. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		PAGE
PART I
Item 1.	Business.	5
Item 1A.	Risk Factors.	19
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments.	51
Item 1C.	Cybersecurity	52
Item 2.	Properties.	52
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings.	52
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures.	52

PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.	53
Item 6.	[Reserved]	54
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.	55
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.	74
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.	75
Item 9.	Change in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.	75
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures.	75
Item 9B.	Other Information.	76
Item 9C	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.	76

PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.	77
Item 11.	Executive Compensation.	77
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.	77
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.	77
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services.	77

PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.	78
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	81

Table of Contents

PART I

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The statements and information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. You can identify these statements by words such as "anticipates," "believes," "can," "continue," "could," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may," "plans," "seeks," "potential," "predicts," "projects," "should," "will," "strategy," "future," "likely," or "would" or the negative of these terms or similar expressions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. All of our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, the following:

•the risks associated with cyberattacks, financial transaction fraud, data and privacy breaches and breaches of security measures within our products, systems and infrastructure or the products, systems and infrastructure of third parties upon which we rely and the resultant disruption, costs and liabilities and harm to our business and reputation and our ability to sell our solutions;

•the impact of and our ability to respond to global economic uncertainties and challenges or changes in the financial services industry and credit markets, including as a result of mergers and acquisitions within the banking sector, inflationary pressures, fluctuating interest rates, instability in the financial services industry, any changes to, or new, financial regulations and their potential impacts on our prospects' and customers' operations, increased acceptance and use of emerging financial products, such as cryptocurrencies or stablecoin, including any impact on the timing of prospect and customer implementations and purchasing decisions, our business sales cycles and on account holder or end user, or End User, usage of our solutions;

•the risks associated with continued market volatility, including in the financial services sector, potential inflationary pressures and the impact of any monetary policy changes that may be implemented as a result, the possibility and potential impact of any U.S. tariffs and trade measure, including retaliatory tariffs and the impact on the valuation of marketable securities;

•the risk of increased or new competition in our existing markets and as we enter new markets or new segments of existing markets, or as we offer new solutions;

•the risks associated with the development of our solutions, including artificial intelligence, or AI, based solutions, our AI and data strategies and solutions, and changes to regulation or the market for our solutions compared to our expectations;

•quarterly fluctuations in our operating results relative to our expectations and guidance and the accuracy of our forecasts;

•the risks and increased costs associated with managing growth and global operations, including hiring, training, retaining and motivating employees to support such growth;

•the risks associated with our transactional business which are typically driven by End-User behavior and can be influenced by external drivers outside of our control;

•the risks associated with effectively managing our business and cost structure in an uncertain economic environment, including as a result of challenges in the financial services industry and the effects of seasonality and unexpected trends;

•the risks associated with geopolitical instability, including acts of war or military conflict, uncertainties or discord, including the continuing war in Ukraine and conflicts in the Middle East and other parts of the world, heightened risk of state-sponsored cyberattacks or cyber fraud on financial services and other critical infrastructure;

•the risks associated with accurately forecasting and managing the impacts of any economic downturn or challenges in the financial services industry on our customers and their End Users, including in particular the impacts of any downturn on financial technology companies, or FinTechs, or alternative finance companies, or Alt-FIs, and our arrangements with them, which may include more complex revenue arrangements for us and which may be more vulnerable to an economic downturn than our financial institution customers;

Table of Contents

•the challenges and costs associated with selling, implementing and supporting our solutions, particularly for larger customers with more complex requirements and longer implementation processes, including risks related to the timing and predictability of sales of our solutions and the impact that the timing of bookings and go-lives may have on our revenue and financial performance in a period;

•the risk that errors, interruptions or delays in our solutions or Web hosting negatively impacts our business and sales;

•the risks associated with the migration of the computing, storage and processing of our digital banking platform solutions from our third-party data centers to third-party public cloud service providers;

•the difficulties and risks associated with developing and selling complex new solutions and enhancements, including those using AI with the technical and regulatory specifications and functionality required by our customers and relevant governmental authorities;

•the risks associated with operating within and selling into a regulated industry, including risks related to evolving regulation of, and litigation with respect to, AI and machine learning, the receipt, collection, storage, processing and transfer of data and increased regulatory scrutiny on financial technology and related services, including specifically on banking-as-a-service, or BaaS, services;

•the risks associated with our sales and marketing capabilities, including partner relationships and the length, cost and unpredictability of our sales cycle;

•the risks inherent in third-party technology and implementation partnerships, including defects, failures, interruptions or disruptions in third-party services or solutions, that could disrupt our services or otherwise cause harm to our business;

•the risk that we will not be able to maintain historical contract terms such as pricing and duration;

•the general risks associated with the complexity of our customer arrangements and our solutions;

•the risks associated with integrating acquired companies and successfully selling and maintaining their solutions;

•the risks and challenges around increased regulatory scrutiny and evolving requirements for money movement services and the resulting potential higher costs, increased complexity and limitations on offerings on our business and financial results;

•litigation related to intellectual property and other matters and any related claims, negotiations and settlements;

•the risks associated with further consolidation in the financial services industry;

•the risks associated with selling our solutions internationally and with the continued expansion of our international operations;

•the risk that our debt repayment obligations may adversely affect our financial condition and that we may not be able to obtain capital when desired or needed on favorable terms; and

•such other risks and uncertainties described more fully in documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including the risk factors discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in the sections titled "Risk Factors."

Given these risks and uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management's beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is filed with the SEC. You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We hereby qualify our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

Table of Contents

Item 1. Business.

Overview

Q2 is a leading provider of digital solutions to financial institutions, financial technology companies, or FinTechs, and alternative finance companies, or Alt-FIs, seeking to incorporate banking into their customer engagement and servicing strategies. Our solutions transform the ways in which financial institutions and other financial services providers engage with account holders and retail and commercial End Users. Digital financial services are highly regulated, subject to extensive and evolving supervisory, consumer protection, privacy and third‑party risk management requirements, and security is paramount, as providers must protect sensitive financial data and funds and defend against continually evolving cyber threats and fraud. Providers must also manage significant technical and operational complexity to deliver consistent, compliant experiences across channels, devices and third‑party integrations while integrating with core systems, legacy infrastructure and multiple third‑party service providers, all while maintaining high availability and resiliency. We deliver these solutions through a unified, cloud-based software platform purpose-built for the complex, regulated financial services industry, enabling scalable and highly configurable digital financial experiences. Our solutions comprise a broad and deep portfolio of digital banking offerings, digital lending and relationship pricing solutions, risk and fraud solutions, Q2 Innovation Studio and Helix.

Founded over 21 years ago, Q2 began by providing digital banking solutions to domestic regional and community financial institutions, or RCFIs. We have rapidly grown since then through a combination of innovation, broad market adoption of our solutions, strategic investments and acquisitions. As customer needs and technology architectures have evolved, we have expanded our solution portfolio to address a broader set of mission-critical technology, data and operational requirements across the financial services value chain. Our expanded collection of solutions now spans digital banking, digital lending and relationship pricing, regulatory and compliance, risk and fraud, account switching, data-driven sales enablement, spending insights and portfolio management, and also includes our open platform solutions as well as our core and BaaS offerings. We serve account holders and borrowers across retail, small to medium business, or SMBs and commercial segments. As of December 31, 2025, we had more than 1,200 financial institution customers using one or more of our solutions, including more than 50% of the top 100 U.S. Banks and more than 50% of the top 100 U.S. Credit Unions, based on total assets. As of December 31, 2025, we had 457 installed digital banking platform customers, and those customers had approximately 27.3 million account holders registered on our digital banking platform. During 2025, End Users executed over $4.0 trillion in financial transactions on our digital banking platform. While we continue to generate a substantial majority of our revenue from our digital banking platform, we are actively leveraging our broader product portfolio and deep domain expertise to expand our market presence. This strategy includes seeking to further penetrate the digital banking market and drive significant growth across our diverse customer base in the broader financial services sector, while opening up new and meaningful expansion opportunities for our business.

The financial services industry is experiencing significant transformation driven by the growing demand within financial institutions to digitize their operations and offerings, as well as the rise of FinTechs and Alt-FIs, which are reshaping End-User expectations for more innovative and engaging digital financial experiences. At the same time, advancements in data analytics, automation, and AI are increasing the importance of modern, fast, flexible technology platforms that can support innovation while meeting stringent regulatory, security and resiliency requirements. These shifts are leading to new roles and interdependencies among financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs, necessitating new technology, partnerships, and business models. We believe that lasting value creation in financial services will be achieved by those companies that are capable of supporting and embracing these market dynamics. We have developed a comprehensive suite of offerings to accelerate and optimize this transformation for our customers, ranging from digitizing entire banks to facilitating partnerships between financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs.

We believe this creates an expanded market opportunity for our business, which we have been thoughtfully evolving for several years. We have continuously invested in expanding and improving our digital banking platform since its introduction in 2005. Over the past several years, we have broadened our offerings through strategic investments and acquisitions to serve a wider range of needs for financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs. These investments have emphasized platform extensibility, configurability and the ability to integrate data and functionality across digital channels. Our portfolio of digital solutions includes a comprehensive suite of offerings for retail, SMB and commercial banking, onboarding, regulatory and compliance, risk and fraud, digital lending and relationship pricing, open platform solutions, BaaS, account switching and data-driven sales enablement, spending insights and portfolio management solutions, among others. We believe our portfolio, which reflects years of strategic development and innovation, affords us a distinct competitive advantage across multiple market segments. As a result of our expanded offerings and market opportunity, we estimate our addressable market for our solutions to be approximately $23.0 billion.

Table of Contents

Our solutions utilize a software-as-a-service, or SaaS, model designed to scale with our customers as they grow their business, add End Users and expand the breadth of digital services and solutions they offer. On average, our digital banking platform customers have historically grown contracted revenue by approximately 61% within 48 months of implementation. This growth has been driven by increased adoption of additional solutions, expansion in End-User engagement, and higher overall usage of our solutions over time. Our SaaS model is also designed to reduce the cost and complexity of implementing, maintaining and enhancing the digital services and solutions our customers provide to their End Users.

Delivering advanced digital solutions in the complex and heavily regulated financial services industry requires significant resources, personnel and expertise. We provide digital solutions that are designed to be highly configurable, scalable and adaptable to the specific needs of our customers. We design and develop our solutions with an open platform approach intended to provide comprehensive integration among our solution offerings and our customers' internal and third-party systems. Our platform architecture supports modular innovation and enables customers and partners to deploy new capabilities efficiently while maintaining operational resilience and compliance. This integrated approach allows our customers to deliver a unified financial experience across digital channels. Our solutions provide our customers the flexibility to configure their digital services in a manner that is consistent with each customer's specific offerings, workflows, processes and controls. Our solutions also allow our customers to personalize the digital experiences they deliver to their End Users by extending their individual services and brand requirements across digital channels. Our solutions are designed to comply with the stringent security and technical regulations applicable to financial institutions and financial services providers and to safeguard our customers' data and that of their End Users.

We believe that financial services providers are best served by a broad portfolio of digital solutions offering rapid, flexible and comprehensive integration with internal and third-party solutions enabling them to deliver modern, intuitive, advanced and regulatory-compliant digital solutions. We also believe our unique position in the market stems from the breadth and depth of our solution offerings and customer base, our open and flexible platform approach, our position as a leading provider of digital banking solutions to a large network of financial institutions, and our expertise in delivering new, advanced, innovative and regulatory-compliant digital solutions. We believe these characteristics position us to support customers as they modernize technology stacks, consolidate vendors and adapt to evolving competitive and regulatory environments. These strengths allow us to address the evolving needs and challenges within the financial services industry, as we continually innovate and adapt our offerings to meet the changing demands of our customers and their End Users. We intend to continue to make investments in technology innovation and software development to enhance our existing solutions and platforms while expanding our product portfolio. As consolidation activity within the financial services industry increases, our experience supporting complex technology conversions and platform integrations enables us to assist customers in executing mergers and acquisitions while maintaining operational continuity, security and regulatory compliance.

We primarily sell our solutions through our direct sales organization and the related revenues are recognized over the terms of our customer agreements. The initial term of our digital banking platform agreements averages over five years. Our digital banking platform revenues generally increase as our customers buy more solutions from us and increase the number of Registered Users, as defined in "Key Operating Measures" below, and companies utilizing our solutions and as those retail users and companies increase their number of transactions on our solutions. Our risk and fraud solutions can be sold as part of, or alongside, our digital banking platform, while some solutions may be sold on a standalone basis and are generally monetized through subscription-based arrangements recognized over the term of the applicable customer agreements. The structure and terms of our digital lending and relationship pricing arrangements vary but generally are also sold on a subscription basis through our direct sales organization, and the related revenues are recognized over the terms of the customer agreements. The structure and terms of our Helix arrangements with FinTechs vary but typically involve relatively lower contracted minimum revenues and instead emphasize usage-based revenue, with such revenue recognized as it is incurred. This combination of subscription-based and usage-based revenue models aligns pricing with customer adoption and platform utilization. We have invested, and intend to continue to invest, to grow our business by adding delivery and support resources aligned with our growth, developing and acquiring new solutions, enhancing our existing solutions and technical infrastructure and expanding our sales and marketing activities.

We were incorporated in March 2005 in the state of Delaware under the name CBG Holdings, Inc. We changed our name to Q2 Holdings, Inc. in March 2013. We are headquartered in Austin, Texas, and our principal executive offices are located at 10355 Pecan Park Boulevard, Austin, Texas 78729. Our telephone number is (833) 444-3469.

Market Opportunity and Industry Characteristics

The digital financial services market is defined by high regulatory and security requirements, significant operational complexity and increasing demand for integrated, scalable technology platforms. These characteristics shape both the size of the addressable market and the types of solutions required to serve financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FI providers.

Table of Contents

Security is paramount for digital financial services

Security is a foundational requirement for digital financial services. The risks of theft and fraud have always existed in banking and financial services. However, as the adoption, use, and breadth of digital financial services offerings has increased, fraud and theft in digital channels has grown substantially. The methods by which fraud can be committed are constantly evolving, including the increasing use of AI to facilitate attacks, requiring financial services providers and their technology providers to continually modify their security protocols and architecture. In addition, safeguarding the funds and information of financial services providers and their End Users becomes increasingly complex as digital financial services grow and extend across new channels, devices, and services not previously contemplated. Successfully securing the digital financial services of financial institutions, FinTechs and other financial services providers requires experience, constant vigilance, and continuous investment to stay informed and guard against these ever-changing threats.

Digital financial services are highly regulated

Regulatory complexity materially shapes the digital financial services market. Financial services providers and their solutions are subject to extensive and complex regulations and oversight by federal, state and other regulatory authorities. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and affect the conduct of financial services providers' operations and, as a result, the business of their technology providers. Compliance of digital financial solutions with these regulatory requirements depends on several factors, including functionality and design, the classification of the financial services provider and its services, and the way the financial services provider and its End Users use the solutions. To ensure compliance with these laws, technology providers and financial services providers may be required to implement operating policies and procedures to protect the privacy and security of their, the financial services providers' and their End Users' information, and to undergo periodic audits and examinations. Maintaining such regulatory compliance becomes increasingly complex as digital financial services grow and extend across new channels, devices, and services not previously contemplated.

Digital financial services are complex and benefit from integrated platforms

The ubiquity of smartphones, tablets and other connected devices and the continued proliferation of digital solutions offered through open development platforms makes it increasingly difficult to provide a consistent, intuitive and personalized End-User experience and requires digital solutions to support new and rapidly changing mobile operating systems and device types. The technical and operational complexities of delivering integrated digital solutions across multiple operating systems, devices, channels, and complex functionality increase the difficulty of providing a consistent, intuitive and personalized End-User experience. Aging or increasingly complex solutions can create a multitude of challenges for financial services providers, including the following:

•integrating applications and systems from multiple vendors may increase costs and time-to-market;

•managing relationships with multiple vendors can be time consuming and require a greater investment in business development and support resources;

•building, maintaining and upgrading regulatory-compliant solutions and infrastructure can be expensive and time-consuming and require special expertise that can be hard to find and retain;

•operating, supporting and upgrading systems from multiple vendors can be difficult, costly and less secure and limit the ability to provide a unified End-User experience or comprehensive view of End-User behavior;

•partnering between financial institutions and other financial services providers and innovating and delivering new solutions can be difficult and cost-prohibitive when integration with dated legacy infrastructure is required; and

•training End Users and customer personnel on the use of different point systems can be challenging, time-consuming and costly.

The use of multiple point solutions for digital financial services can require End Users to maintain different login credentials across digital channels and manage different systems. Additionally, the disjointed nature of the underlying workflows, data and terminology caused by the implementation of multiple solutions can lead to decreased End-User adoption, retention and satisfaction. End Users' adoption, retention and satisfaction can also be adversely impacted by the dated End-User interfaces of older legacy systems.

These regulatory, security and operational characteristics influence how financial institutions and other financial services providers evaluate technology vendors and shape the scope and scale of the market opportunity for digital financial services platforms.

Table of Contents

Addressable Market

Our financial institution customers span from RCFIs to global enterprise banks, demonstrating that our portfolio of solutions gives us access to the full spectrum of financial institutions. We market our relationship pricing, fraud detection, risk assessment and compliance solutions to all federally-insured financial institutions on a standalone basis, or in combination with our digital banking platform. We define RCFIs as federally-insured banks and credit unions with less than $100 billion in assets, which according to data compiled by BauerFinancial as of September 30, 2025, consisted of approximately 8,741 financial institutions with combined assets of $9.6 trillion, representing approximately 35% of the aggregate assets held by the 8,772 total federally-insured financial institutions. RCFIs remain critical to our mission of building strong and diverse communities by strengthening their financial institutions. RCFIs have historically sought to differentiate themselves by providing local, personalized banking services that are responsive to the changing needs and circumstances of their communities. Many RCFIs are locally owned and obtain deposits and make digital lending decisions on a local basis. RCFIs account for a large portion of small business loans, helping local businesses create jobs and drive economic growth in the communities they serve. RCFIs seek to develop strong, lasting relationships with their End Users and can serve as centers of commerce and influence in their communities.

The FinTech and Alt-FI markets consist of thousands of financial services providers seeking to provide End Users with new and innovative financial services, experiences and solutions. Our Q2 Innovation Studio offerings, which we market to financial institutions and FinTechs, allow our financial institution customers and other partners to integrate financial services into our digital banking platform, allowing financial institutions to quickly and efficiently incorporate the integrated solutions into their offerings and operations. We primarily market Helix to FinTechs and financial institutions wishing to incorporate banking products and services into their offerings. We also market our Symphonix lending platform and discrete elements of our digital banking platform to FinTechs and Alt-FIs.

Based on our estimates of the number of target financial institutions for our digital banking solutions and our internal assumptions as to the number and types of digital accounts they serve, the prices for our solutions and the number of transactions processed, we believe that the market for our digital banking platform, including retail, SMB and commercial banking, regulatory and compliance, as well as account switching, portfolio management solutions and Q2 Innovation Studio is approximately $11.0 billion. Based on our estimates of the number of target financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs for risk and fraud solutions and our internal assumptions as to the number of End Users they serve, the prices for our solutions and the number of transactions processed, we believe that the market for our risk and fraud solutions, including real-time fraud monitoring, dispute management, fraud alerts, analytics and regulatory compliance capabilities, whether embedded within digital banking platforms or deployed independently, is approximately $4.0 billion. Based on our estimate of the number of target customers of digital lending and relationship pricing solutions and our internal assumptions as to the number of End Users they serve and the prices for our solutions, we believe that the market for our digital lending and relationship pricing solutions, including the borrower portal, origination, underwriting, servicing, collections, actionable insights, coaching, negotiation, relationship pricing and data-driven sales enablement modules, is approximately $5.0 billion. Based on our estimates of the number of target financial institutions and FinTechs for our Helix solutions and our internal assumptions as to the number of End Users they serve, the prices for our solutions and the number of transactions processed, we believe the market for our Helix solutions including open platform solutions and BaaS, is approximately $3.0 billion. In the aggregate, we believe that the worldwide market opportunity for our solutions is approximately $23.0 billion.

Our Solutions

We deliver our solutions through a unified, cloud-based software platform designed to support digital engagement, operational efficiency and reliable data management across retail, SMB and commercial banking workflows. Our platform is built to operate in highly regulated environments and integrates deeply with our customers' core systems and third-party service providers, enabling financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs to modernize digital experiences while maintaining resiliency and compliance.

We offer a comprehensive suite of over 60 product offerings and maintain more than 1,000 integrations. Our solutions are designed to meet the diverse needs of financial institutions, FinTechs, and Alt-FIs, enabling them to deliver unified and robust financial experiences across digital channels. Customers may deploy individual solutions or adopt broader, integrated relationships over time.

Table of Contents

Our key solution offerings include:

•Digital Banking Platform: Our end-to-end digital banking platform supports retail, SMB and commercial functionality across digital channels through a single technology platform. The platform is designed to unify digital banking experiences across customer segments while supporting configuration, scalability and integration with internal and third-party systems. Our open digital banking platform spans onboarding, essential banking functionality and a broad set of integrations to third-party financial services across the retail, SMB and commercial segments, providing customers with tools to monitor and optimize End-User acquisition, engagement and retention; customize and extend the platform; and improve operational efficiencies. A key differentiator of our digital banking platform is its ability to support both retail and commercial workflows within a single architecture, enabling financial institutions to consolidate vendors, standardize digital experiences and expand relationships over time. We provide a suite of risk and fraud solutions within the digital banking platform designed to safeguard digital financial services against fraudulent activity, and these capabilities are also deployable selectively based on customer needs. Selected capabilities of our digital banking platform include single-login and layered security across channels and devices; configurable retail and commercial digital banking functionality; integration with internal and third-party systems; unified End-User workflows and data; activity tracking and reporting; and flexible branding and personalization options. We also offer complementary capabilities and solutions that enhance the digital banking platform, including remote deposit capture and mobile check processing, card management and switching functionality, personal financial management tools, and spending insights solutions.

•Q2 Innovation Studio: Q2 Innovation Studio is a foundational component of our platform strategy, enabling customers and partners to extend, customize and innovate on top of the Q2 platform without rebuilding core banking infrastructure. Our application program interface, or API, and software development kit, or SDK, based open technology platform allows financial institutions, FinTechs and other partners to design, develop and distribute new functionality that integrates directly into our digital banking platform. Q2 Innovation Studio supports a growing ecosystem of third-party developers and partners, allowing financial institutions to access new capabilities, accelerate time to market and adopt emerging technologies within a trusted, regulated environment. Financial institutions can deploy their own development resources or work with certified partners to supplement or customize their digital offerings, while maintaining consistency across workflows, data and security controls.

•Risk and Fraud Solutions: Risk and fraud management is a mission-critical requirement for digital financial services, as fraud continues to increase in scale, sophistication and cost across digital channels. Our risk and fraud solutions are designed to support financial institutions' efforts to protect End Users, comply with regulatory requirements and manage fraud risk efficiently. These capabilities include dispute management solutions supporting compliance with electronic fund and remittance transfer systems regulations, optional fraud alerts, fraud monitoring and risk reporting, including real-time validation features to help mitigate fraud. These solutions leverage advanced analytics and machine learning techniques and are embedded within the Q2 digital banking platform and may also be offered on a standalone basis to financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs, allowing our customers to adopt these capabilities independently or as part of broader platform relationships. This flexibility enables financial institutions to align fraud prevention investments with their risk profiles, regulatory obligations and operational strategies.

•Digital Lending and Relationship Pricing: Our digital lending and relationship pricing solutions support financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs in managing lending workflows, pricing strategies and customer relationships across commercial and consumer use cases. These offerings help customers simplify borrower experiences, accelerate decisioning and improve pricing discipline through data-driven insights. Our relationship pricing solutions are frequently adopted by larger financial institutions as an entry point into broader platform relationships, supporting optimization across loans, deposits and fee-based products. They also provide commercial relationship managers with visibility into customer portfolios, helping them assess risk, profitability and growth opportunities.

•Helix: Helix is our cloud-native core processing and BaaS platform designed to support both financial institutions and FinTechs seeking to incorporate banking products and services into their digital offerings. Helix combines core banking functionality with operational controls, compliance frameworks and integration capabilities required to support regulated banking activities. For FinTech customers, Helix enables the delivery of banking services without requiring customers to independently build or maintain full regulatory and technical infrastructure. For financial institutions, Helix modernizes core banking and supports innovative retail banking experiences and embedded finance and BaaS use cases with institutional control over compliance, risk and operations.

Table of Contents

Key Benefits

We believe our solutions provide the following key benefits to our customers and their End Users:

•Unified digital engagement across channels: Our platform provides customers with a comprehensive view of End-User activity and engagement across devices and digital channels. This unified view enables consistent workflows, real-time insights, and integrated risk and fraud assessment, while allowing customers to deliver cohesive digital experiences across retail, SMB and commercial relationships.

•Stronger End-User relationships and loyalty: By enabling personalized, data-driven digital experiences, our solutions help customers deepen relationships with End Users and improve retention. Financial institutions can tailor functionality, branding and targeted offerings to reflect local market needs, institutional priorities and End-User behavior, supporting differentiated and community-specific digital experiences. Our platform also addresses the unique complexity of commercial End Users, enabling financial institutions to support more sophisticated workflows, permissions and insights while maintaining consistency across retail, SMB and commercial relationships. Together, these capabilities help increase engagement frequency, relevance and long-term loyalty across customer segments.

•Extensible platform and broad integration ecosystems: Our open platform and flexible integration tools support rapid integration with a wide range of internal and third-party systems. We maintain more than 1,000 integrations with financial services technology partners, enabling customers to extend functionality, adopt new capabilities and evolve their digital offerings without requiring customers to replace their existing core banking systems.

•Security, compliance, and operational resilience: Our solutions are designed to support the stringent security and regulatory requirements of financial services providers. Customers can leverage our embedded security controls, compliance frameworks and regulatory certifications to help meet supervisory obligations, mitigate fraud risk and maintain resilient digital operations.

•Scalable SaaS delivery model: Our cloud-based SaaS model allows customers to scale digital services efficiently as they grow, add End Users and expand product offerings. By delivering development, implementation, maintenance, monitoring and support through a subscription model, our solutions reduce complexity and total cost of ownership while supporting rapid adoption of new services across various channels.

Our Business Strengths

We believe the following strengths position us to compete effectively and support durable growth in the evolving digital financial services market:

•Purpose-built, unified digital banking platform: Our single, integrated digital banking platform supports retail, SMB and commercial workflows within a unified architecture. This platform-based approach enables customers to consolidate vendors, standardize digital experiences and expand relationships over time while operating in highly regulated environments.

•Deep incumbency, trust, and regulatory expertise: We have more than two decades of experience serving financial institutions and other financial services providers. Our long-standing customer relationships, deep regulatory and compliance expertise, and history of reliable data management position us as a trusted partner for mission-critical digital services.

•Extensible platform ecosystem through Q2 Innovation Studio: Our open technology platform enables customers and partners to extend and innovate on top of the Q2 platform without necessarily rebuilding core infrastructure. Through Q2 Innovation Studio, we support a growing ecosystem of third-party developers and partners, allowing customers to adopt new capabilities, including emerging technologies, within a reliable and regulated framework.

•Recurring revenue model with expansion dynamics: A substantial majority of our revenue is generated from subscription-based arrangements with multi-year terms, and the initial term of our digital banking platform agreements averages over five years. Our platform supports expansion through additional solutions, increased End-User engagement and broader adoption across customer segments, and our long-term customer relationships and high levels of customer retention contribute to visibility and durability in our revenue model.

Table of Contents

•Our award-winning culture drives innovation and customer success: We believe our award-winning, innovation-focused culture and the location of our operations facilitate recruiting and retaining top development, integration and design talent. We are headquartered in Austin, Texas, which is a vibrant city that continues to attract an increasing number of young professionals and has close ties to leading research institutions. In each of the past 15 years, the Austin American-Statesman recognized us as one of Austin's "Top Places to Work." We believe our mission, combined with our focus on delivering leading-edge digital solutions, enables us to attract and retain top talent.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we are well positioned to grow by expanding relationships with existing customers, continuing to move upmarket and leveraging our platform to address adjacent opportunities in the evolving digital financial services landscape. Our growth strategy is centered on the following priorities:

•Further penetrate our large market opportunity: Financial institutions are increasingly adopting cloud-based digital banking solutions to support digital engagement across retail, SMB and commercial segments. Over the past several years, we have expanded our addressable market by acquiring and developing solutions that serve a broader set of financial services providers and End Users. We continue to invest in our unified digital banking platform, commercial banking capabilities, relationship pricing solutions and Q2 Innovation Studio to address a wider range of customer needs and use cases across customer segments.

•Grow revenues by expanding our relationships with existing customers: A significant component of our growth is driven by expanding relationships with existing customers as they increase the number of End Users on our platform and adopt additional solutions. Our single-platform architecture and broad solution portfolio support expansion across multiple lines of business, including retail and commercial digital banking, risk and fraud, and relationship pricing. In addition, our customers grow organically and through mergers and acquisitions, which can further increase adoption of our platform and solutions over time.

•Relentlessly innovate to expand our solutions offerings and enhance our platform: We believe our history of innovation distinguishes us in the market, and we continue to invest in software development informed by the evolving needs of our customers. Q2 Innovation Studio plays an important role in this strategy by enabling customers and partners to extend and customize our platform without rebuilding core infrastructure, supporting faster innovation cycles, broader adoption of new capabilities and integration of emerging technologies within a regulated environment.

•Selectively pursue acquisitions and strategic investments: In addition to organic development, we regularly evaluate strategic opportunities to strengthen and expand our platform. This includes selectively pursuing acquisitions and investments that can enhance our capabilities, expand our addressable market or support adjacent use cases.

Implementation Services, Professional Services and Customer Support

We seek to deepen and grow our customer relationships by providing consistent, high-quality implementation services, professional services, advisory services and customer support, which we believe support customer retention, platform adoption, and incremental expansion opportunities within our existing customer base. We structure our implementation teams to effectively collaborate with the management and technology teams of our customers, supporting the timely deployment and effective utilization of our solutions. Our implementation teams develop and execute coordinated implementation plans centered around five standard phases of IT transformation projects: initiation, configuration, application testing, limited production and production. We offer customized professional services to assist our customers with their efforts to extend our offerings and differentiate their digital brands. We engage with select established customers for more tailored, premium professional services, or Integrated Services, which can result in more ongoing and deeper engagement with those customers. Under certain circumstances for our Symphonix lending solutions, we also partner with third-party professional system integrators to support our customers in the installation and configuration process.

Our customer support personnel serve the comprehensive support-related needs of our customers. Given the highly regulated and operationally complex nature of the financial services industry, our implementation and customer support teams, including any third-party professional system integrators with which we partner, must be knowledgeable about our solutions and the regulatory environments in which our customers operate.

Table of Contents

Partner Offerings

In addition to our Q2 Innovation Studio offerings, our customers rely on an ever-growing ecosystem of third-party digital solutions to complement their financial services offerings, and we provide a broad range of tools to help our customers efficiently bring those solutions to market. The flexible nature of our solutions, along with our proprietary integration tools, allow our customers, third parties, and Q2 to build rapid integrations with our customers' internal and third-party systems to support End-User activities and customer processes.

These integration tools connect with a wide variety of third-party applications, allowing us to seamlessly integrate with our customers' internal and third-party systems such as account services, payments, and imaging. Additionally, these integration tools and processes allow us to improve standardization and capabilities across applications and systems. By enabling interoperability across these systems, our platform allows customers to offer a comprehensive set of consumer and commercial functionality to their End Users, which we believe enhances the value and extensibility of the Q2 platform over time.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing organization is responsible for growing our customer base and maintaining and expanding relationships with our existing customers. We sell our solutions primarily through our direct sales organization and also through partnerships for select solutions and global regions. Our direct sales organization consists of experienced sales professionals who are organized by geography, account size, type of market and whether a prospect is a new or existing customer. Customers are typically assigned a dedicated representative to provide ongoing assistance in the execution of the customer's digital strategy to meet the needs of its End Users. Our sales representatives are supported by our lead generation, solutions consulting, digital strategy and sales operations teams.

Our marketing team complements our sales organization through integrated programs for demand creation, pipeline acceleration, customer expansion and brand advocacy. While the financial institution market is well-defined due to the regulatory classification of financial institutions, the markets for FinTechs and other financial services providers are broader and more difficult to define due to the changing number of providers in each market. We focus our marketing efforts on hosted events and experiences, including our annual in-person client conference, highly-targeted tradeshows, digital marketing, account-based marketing, content marketing and media relations. Our marketing team also conducts primary research to support our industry thought leadership and to identify emerging trends in the industry. Our marketing programs primarily target digital transformation, technology, finance, operations and marketing executives, as well as senior business leaders at financial institutions.

Research and Development

Our focus on innovation has fueled our growth and enables us to provide our customers cloud-based digital solutions that transform the ways in which financial institutions and other financial services providers engage with account holders and retail and commercial End Users and reduce fraud. We allocate significant resources to developing and improving our solutions to meet our customers' evolving needs. Our research and development efforts are informed by customer feedback, regulatory requirements and emerging industry trends, and we monitor and test our solutions regularly.

We maintain a disciplined release process to enhance our existing solutions and introduce new capabilities while maintaining service reliability and security. We follow state-of-the-art practices in software development and design, including using modern programming languages, data storage systems and other tools. We leverage AI both in our products and in our internal operations to deliver better customer experience. Our multi-tiered architecture enables us to scale, add and modify features quickly in response to changing market dynamics, customer needs and regulatory requirements.

Our platform approach supports the rapid development and deployment of new features to address evolving market needs. In addition, our extension and integration frameworks allow customers and partners to address market-specific requirements without disrupting core platform functionality, which is a key aspect of our technology strategy.

Technology and Operations

Due to the highly regulated nature of the financial services industry, our digital banking platform combines multi-tenant and single-instance deployment models. This approach is designed to meet stringent data security and regulatory requirements while minimizing compliance cost and residual risk. Our solutions leverage a modern, multi-cloud architecture that supports scalability, operational efficiency, security and disaster recovery. We have also developed an internal operations and analytics platform that aggregates system-level and End User experience telemetry across our environments to drive continuous improvement, innovation and operational scale.

Table of Contents

Our platform is designed using industry-standard public cloud resiliency patterns to minimize service interruptions and support high availability. Services are deployed across multiple availability zones within regions, with fault isolation and automated recovery mechanisms to reduce the impact of infrastructure-level failures. Network architectures are fully redundant and leverage edge routing, load balancing and managed connectivity services to allow for requests to be moved across multiple regions for business continuity and high availability purposes. We utilize and control a reserved, privately owned IP address space to expedite our disaster recovery management operations for our digital banking platform customers.

Our digital banking platform has achieved average monthly uptime in excess of 99.9% since January 2013. We actively monitor our infrastructure and applications on a 24x7 basis for indicators of risk, performance degradation or anomalous behavior, and we take proactive action to prevent or minimize service disruption. Our hosting environments employ layered security controls, including zero-trust network principles, defense by design architectures, continuous monitoring, anomaly detection, and tightly controlled privileged access. We also enforce strong endpoint security, configuration hardening and monitoring to mitigate risks associated with a globally distributed workforce.

Access to our solutions requires End Users to be authenticated, authorized and validated prior to use, at a minimum through a valid user ID and password. Many customers additionally employ multi-factor authentication methods, such as out-of-band one-time password delivery, hardware-based cryptographic tokens or fast identity online, or FIDO, to further secure access and transaction authorization. With the adoption of agentic base AI capabilities, we continue to evolve and mature our cyber defense and identity monitoring capabilities. Our layered security model supports differentiated access levels and entitlements based on user roles and permissions. Our software development lifecycle conforms with industry practices and utilizes peer reviews prior to production deployment, along with automated and manual vulnerability testing. In addition, our internal penetration testing team, supported by independent third-party assessors, performs regular penetration and vulnerability assessments of our solutions.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secrets and copyright laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary rights. As of December 31, 2025, we had seven patent applications pending and 17 patents issued in the U.S. and other countries, with expiration dates ranging from October 2027 to October 2040. Despite substantial investment in research and development activities, we have not focused on patents and patent applications historically. We license third-party technologies, such as bill-pay technologies, that are incorporated into some of our solutions.

Our Competition

The market for digital solutions for financial services providers is highly competitive. We believe that the breadth of the comprehensive integrations among our solution offerings and our customers' internal and third-party systems, combined with our deep industry expertise, reputation for consistent, high-quality customer support and the pace at which we bring innovation to market distinguish us from the competition across our cloud-based digital banking, digital lending and relationship pricing, fraud products, Q2 Innovation Studio and Helix solutions.

Although we compete with point system vendors and core processing vendors, we also partner with some of these vendors for certain data and services utilized in our solutions and receive referrals from them. In addition, certain of our customers have or can obtain the ability to create their own in-house systems, and while many of these systems have difficulties scaling and providing an integrated platform, we still face challenges displacing in-house systems and retaining customers that choose to develop an in-house system.

We believe the principal competitive factors for our solutions in the financial services markets we serve include the following:

•alignment with the missions of our customers;

•ability to provide a single digital banking platform for consumer, SMB and commercial End Users;

Table of Contents

•ability to provide a comprehensive portfolio of products of integrated end-to-end solutions for both account holders and borrowers;

•breadth and depth of product portfolio addressing numerous mission critical applications for our customers;

•full-feature functionality across digital channels;

•ability to integrate targeted offers for End Users across digital channels;

•ability to support financial institutions in acquiring deposits with open API technologies;

•provided as SaaS with subscription pricing model;

•ability to support both internal and external developers to quickly integrate with third-party applications and systems utilizing an SDK;

•design of the End-User experience, including modern, intuitive and touch-centric features;

•configurability and branding capabilities for customers;

•familiarity of workflows and terminology and feature-on-demand functionality;

•integrated multi-layered security and compliance of solutions with regulatory requirements;

•quality of implementation, integration and support services;

•domain expertise and innovation in financial services technology;

•ability to innovate and respond to customer needs rapidly;

•breadth of integrations to third-party financial services;

•rate of development, deployment and enhancement of solutions; and

•ability to collect and utilize data generated by our solutions to deliver insights to our customers.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors within the financial institution and other financial services providers markets we serve, but we expect competition to continue and increase as existing competitors continue to evolve their offerings and as new companies enter our market. To remain competitive, we believe we must continue to invest in research and development, sales and marketing, customer support and our business operations generally.

People

As of December 31, 2025, we had 2,549 employees, of which 2,548 were full time employees, 1,664 of which were employed in the United States, and 884 were employed outside of the United States. We consider our current relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union nor are a party to a collective bargaining agreement.

At Q2, we are as passionate about our people as we are about our mission. For more than 21 years, Q2 has been recognized and defined by our mission-driven culture. Our mission is to build strong and diverse communities by strengthening their financial institutions. Our people are paramount to our success, and we have always operated with a set of principles to help guide us in how we treat one another, run our business and serve our customers, partners and communities. To ensure our continued success, we endeavor to nurture our mission-driven culture by how we grow our teams, define our goals and reward our employees. Our human capital strategy focuses on employee engagement, talent development, inclusion and well-being.

Employee Engagement and Culture

Since our founding, our culture has been rooted in our mission. We believe our passion, dedication and commitment towards this mission is a significant differentiator for our customers and employees. At Q2, employees experience a culture that is mission-fueled and built on hustle, adaptability and curiosity. We lead with heart, drive the business with purpose, care deeply about customers and hold ourselves accountable.

Table of Contents

Our culture is demonstrated and shared through our employee traditions and daily engagements among our employees and with our customers. We continue to refine our employee engagement programs to meet the continued and changing needs of our business, including to accommodate numerous remote and hybrid employees and hybrid working styles. We offer a range of learning and social opportunities, both virtually and in person, with more of our employee engagements returning to Q2 campuses. The role of the campus has evolved to emphasize interaction, which can include formal meetings, informal conversations, brainstorms, social events and other activities that make the most of being together face-to-face, as well as supporting local employees onsite multiple times per week.

We fulfill our mission of building stronger, more diverse communities through volunteerism and financial support, partnering with nonprofits that align with our employees' passions. Q2 team members contribute through hands-on and virtual volunteer opportunities, supported by technology to make participation seamless. To encourage community service, we reward employees with donation dollars to support nonprofits of their choice.

In 2025, employees reported over 16,000 hours of service to 218 organizations and, combined with Q2's efforts, donated approximately $1.6 million to nonprofits globally. In 2025, we also granted $150,000 through the Q2 Philanthropy Fund to nonprofits in Texas, Iowa, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Carolina, Mexico and India. In response to devastating flooding across Central Texas in July 2025, Q2 team members raised over $52,000 in just the first few days of our Texas Flood Relief campaign. With Q2's $50,000 corporate donation and full match of employee contributions, the total impact reached over $154,000.

In 2025, we had the privilege of partnering with community organizations addressing the diverse needs of the communities we serve. This included Foundation Communities, which provides affordable housing and support services that help Central Texans build stable, successful lives, and Girlstart, which sparks girls' interest and engagement in STEM through innovative STEM education programs. Our charitable efforts also focus on causes outside of the U.S., including India-based Akshaya Patra Foundation, which strives to address childhood hunger and promote education.

We are committed to our annual company-wide engagement surveys and thoroughly analyze their results, including through the use of third-party analytics, to ensure we hear our employees and understand their input and feedback. Additionally, we conduct pulse surveys throughout the year to supplement our annual engagement surveys, which helps us more promptly enhance employee programs and benefits. Our leadership team routinely considers the feedback from our employee engagement surveys, both positive and constructive, and focuses on implementing employee-suggested changes to become an even better place to work.

Q2 has been recognized by the Austin American-Statesman as a Greater Austin Top Workplace for 15 consecutive years and in 2025, Q2 was also recognized as a Top Workplace USA based on survey responses from employees across the country.

Our culture and commitment to inclusion is visible across our organization and highlighted through a host of initiatives, programs and groups including the following:

•our portfolio of company-wide events and forums that foster connections to the organization and one another;

•our employee volunteer groups focused on culture, wellness, and charitable causes that help create opportunities for employees to support causes to make a difference in the workplace and local communities;

•partnerships with industry leaders to bring networking and learning opportunities for our Q2 team members;

•promoting a work environment that encourages employees to express their ideas and perspectives, and one which gives employees easy access to leaders, including executives;

•supporting external organizations committed to underserved communities;

•our workspaces and virtual workspace resources that reinforce our mission and guiding principles and promote a collaborative, high-energy work environment that helps facilitate team-based problem solving and cross-departmental learning; and

•our new-hire employee orientations that help new employees learn about our business, culture, mission and values and be positioned for successful performance in their new roles.

To create a culture of teamwork and rewards, we support a range of recognition programs. One of our most utilized programs is a points-based rewards system that allows our employees to highlight successes and give thanks to individuals and teams across the organization. We encourage the engagement of peer-to-peer recognition and showcase our wins, while we utilize Q2's guiding principles as a framework to recognize the behaviors we expect our employees to model. We provide other meaningful opportunities for recognition that emphasize our commitments to each other and our customers, including our

Table of Contents

Changemakers recognition program which recognizes outstanding team members across our organization, including both sales and non-sales team members. Employees are selected based on peer and customer nominations and are awarded with gifts to celebrate their accomplishments.

Through our sponsorship of Q2 Stadium and our partnership with Austin FC, Austin's major league soccer team, we are able to extend Q2's philanthropic footprint through volunteering and fundraising events, and offer meaningful team-building experiences, including:

•$150,000 in grants to support three central Texas nonprofits dedicated to underserved communities;

•$100,000 in an annual entrepreneurial sponsorship, providing funding to a minority-owned startup;

•our 2025 Dodgeball tournament for Breakthrough T1D, held at Q2 Stadium, which raised more than $125,000;

•volunteering over 1,500 employee hours through Q2 Stadium volunteer opportunities, benefiting regional nonprofits; and

•providing approximately 1,500 Austin FC game-day experiences for our employees and a variety of customers and non-profit partners.

We proudly embrace the diversity of our employees, partners, customers, stakeholders and the communities we serve. We believe that consideration of differing points of view, including unique backgrounds, experiences and talents, is critical to our success. With a strong history of fostering internal talent and providing growth opportunities for our global workforce, we remain committed to evolving our practices to identify and mitigate bias across our organization. In 2025, we continued strengthening our employee resources groups, or ERGs, to support our internal communities. Our ERGs include Black Q2, Gente de Q2, Q2 Pride, Q2 Women and Q2 Veterans and Allies. Each ERG is championed by executive leadership, guided by a clear mission and powered by dedicated volunteers. Open to all employees, these groups provide opportunities to connect through meaningful events, educational workshops and volunteer initiatives, helping us cultivate a culture of belonging for everyone at Q2.

The following tables represent the diversity statistics of our workforce. Gender numbers reflect Q2's global workforce, and race and ethnicity data is for U.S. only. Gender and ethnicity are self-identified. Based on information provided by our employees who opted to self-identify, representing the vast majority of our employees, our employee population as of December 31, 2025 reflected the following:


	Female	Underrepresented Racial/Ethnic Group
Overall	33.3%	30.0%
Director-level roles and above	31.2%	19.1%

Learning and Development

We recognize the importance of employees developing and progressing in their careers, starting on their first day with our robust new-hire employee orientation and thoughtful onboarding plans, which are designed to give employees a successful beginning of their Q2 career and to accelerate their time to productivity, including deep dives into our culture, products and markets, as well as our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our values and our 10 Guiding Principles. Once employees are onboarded, we focus on ways to further develop their skills and careers at Q2. We provide a variety of resources to help our employees grow in their current roles and build new skills, including a wide variety of development resources and courses, offered on-demand and in facilitated live learning opportunities. We emphasize individual and team development planning as part of our annual goal-setting process. In 2025, employees completed over 152,000 hours of training. We believe developing our employees is one of the greatest acts of trust we can show to our managers, and accordingly all managers go through training to enable them to effectively perform as leaders. We expanded leadership development programs supporting employees from new managers to senior executives, with leaders completing over 4,000 hours of training. These programs increasingly incorporate AI-enabled learning tools to enhance collaboration, enterprise thinking and skill development. We also support higher education through internship programs and university partnerships.

We offer development experiences in a variety of formats, facilitated in both classroom style and asynchronous on-demand opportunities available to all Q2 team members. We offer role-specific training, ongoing professional skills development, inclusion skills, and we collaborate with other learning partners to create a wide portfolio of learning resources. We also have online learning experiences to better target digital training resources for employees at any point in their Q2 career journey, from new hire through career development.

Table of Contents

Talent Acquisition

Talent Acquisition is designed to support the Company's growth strategy through a scalable, data-driven hiring model that emphasizes efficiency, consistency, and talent quality. We attract candidates through a diversified set of sourcing channels, including long-standing relationships with universities, professional associations, industry networks and employee referrals, supported by a compelling employee value proposition that reflects our mission-driven culture, collaborative working environment, competitive pay structures and career development opportunities.

We prioritize internal talent mobility as a strategic lever to accelerate hiring, retain institutional knowledge, and optimize recruiting costs. During fiscal year 2025, approximately 22% of open positions were filled by internal candidates, reflecting the strength of our internal talent pipeline and succession planning efforts. Our recruiting processes emphasize objective, job-related evaluation criteria and consistent decision-making across roles and geographies.

Compensation and Benefits

Our compensation programs are designed to provide a compensation package that will attract, retain, motivate and reward talented mission-aligned employees who must operate in a fast paced, highly-competitive, and technologically-challenging environment, commensurate with their roles and contributions. For our director-level and above employees, as well as all of our sales personnel, we seek to do this by linking annual changes in compensation to overall company performance, and where applicable, each individual's contribution to the results achieved. The emphasis on overall company performance is intended to align such employees' financial interests with the interests of our stockholders, particularly as it relates to our long-term incentive plans. We are committed to providing comprehensive benefit options, and it is our intention to offer benefits that will allow our employees and their families to live healthier and more secure lives. Some examples of our wide-ranging benefits include: defined contribution retirement plans, including employer contributions; employee stock purchase plan; medical insurance, prescription drug benefits, dental insurance, vision insurance, accident insurance, critical illness insurance, life insurance, disability insurance, health savings accounts with employer contributions, flexible spending accounts, legal insurance and pet insurance.

Employee Well-Being

We are committed to the health, safety and well-being of our employees. In addition to traditional employee benefits, we offer a number of innovative benefits to support the physical, mental and financial health of our employees. These include, among many other things: virtual wellness clinics and classes; global fertility benefits; our Q2 Compassion Fund, which is designed to help team members facing financial hardship immediately after natural disasters or unforeseen personal hardships; online tools that assist employees with their physical and mental health; and special events with outside vendors and participants focusing on employee well-being. We also provide global access to an Employee Assistance Program (EAP) connecting our employees and anyone living in their household with access to a variety of resources, including mental health and counseling, work life balance and online legal services.

Government Regulation

As a technology service provider to financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs in the United States, we are not required to be chartered by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration or other federal or state agencies that regulate or supervise our customers and other providers of financial services in the United States.

Our customers and prospects operate in a highly regulated environment and are subject to extensive and complex federal, state and international laws, regulations, regulatory oversight and regulatory guidance governing financial services, consumer protection, data privacy and security, payments, lending and the use of technology service providers. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and affect the conduct of our customers' operations and, as a result, our business. Our solutions are designed to enable our customers to address these regulatory requirements, including those related to financial transactions, information security, privacy, anti-money laundering, consumer fairness, accessibility, third-party risk management and supervisory expectations applicable to technology providers supporting regulated financial institutions.

We are subject to periodic examination by regulators under the authority of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, or FFIEC, under its Guidance on the Supervision of Technology Services Providers and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, and federal, state and other laws that apply to technology service providers as a result of the services we provide to the institutions and entities they regulate. As a technology service provider, we are examined by federal financial regulators on a rotating basis. These examinations are based on guidance from the FFIEC, which is a formal interagency body empowered to prescribe uniform principles, standards and report forms for the examination of financial institutions and to make recommendations to promote uniformity in the supervision of financial institutions. The examinations cover a wide variety of subjects, including our management, acquisition and development activities, support and delivery, information technology

Table of Contents

audits, cybersecurity, as well as our disaster preparedness and business recovery planning. The FFIEC has broad supervisory authority to remedy any shortcomings identified in an examination. Following an examination, our financial institutions' customers may request the open section of the report of examination through their lead examination agency.

The Dodd-Frank Act granted the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, authority to promulgate rules and interpret certain federal consumer financial protection laws, some of which apply to the solutions we offer. In certain circumstances, the CFPB also has examination and supervision powers with respect to service providers that provide a material service to a financial institution offering consumer financial products and services. In 2024, the CFPB issued a rule pursuant to Section 1033 of the Dodd-Frank Act that would require banks and other financial institutions to share certain customer account data securely with consumers and authorized third parties upon consumer request with compliance dates phased in beginning in 2026 based on institution size. However, in a status report filed in related federal litigation challenging the rule, the CFPB stated that it intends to issue an interim final rule revising its Section 1033 open banking framework and to proceed directly to such interim rulemaking on an expedited basis. While the CFPB has not disclosed the substance or timing of the anticipated interim final rule, these developments introduce uncertainty regarding the scope, timing, and implementation of the Section 1033 requirements and could affect financial institutions and service providers subject to the rule.

The compliance of our solutions with these requirements depends on a variety of factors, including the functionality and design of our solutions, the classification of our customers, and the way our customers and their End Users utilize our solutions. To comply with our obligations under these laws, we are required to implement operating policies, programs and procedures to protect the privacy and security of our customers' and their End Users' information and to undergo periodic audits and examinations. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with these laws and requirements may result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses or registrations, loss of approved status, private litigation, regulatory or governmental investigations, administrative enforcement actions, sanctions, civil and criminal liability, monetary penalties, and constraints on our ability to continue to operate. It is also possible that current or future laws or regulations could be interpreted or applied in a manner that would prohibit, alter, or impair our existing or planned products and services, or that could require costly, time-consuming, or otherwise burdensome compliance measures from us. Refer to "Item 1A. Risk Factors" for further information.

Privacy and Information Safeguard Laws

In the ordinary course of our business, we and our customers using our solutions access, process and transmit certain types of data, which subjects us and our customers to a variety of privacy and information security laws and regulations in the United States and internationally, including, for example, GLBA, CCPA, CPRA and GDPR, and other federal, state and international data privacy, security, and protection laws designed to regulate the use of consumer information and mitigate identity theft. We are also subject to an expanding number of comprehensive state privacy laws and related regulations, as well as state data breach notification and information safeguard requirements.

These laws impose obligations with respect to the collection, processing, storage, disposal, use and disclosure of personal information, and require financial services providers to maintain administrative, technical and physical safeguards and related policies regarding information privacy and security. In addition, under certain of these laws, we are required to provide notices to consumers describing our information sharing practices, provide advance notice of certain policy changes, and, in some cases and subject to applicable exemptions, offer consumers rights regarding the use and disclosure of their personal information. Certain laws may require us to notify affected clients, regulators, law enforcement, authorities, consumer reporting agencies or other third parties in the event of a data security or privacy breach involving personal information.

To address these requirements, we maintain confidentiality and information security standards and procedures applicable to our business operations and to our third-party vendors and service providers. Privacy and information security laws and regulations continue to evolve and may be subject to differing interpretations, requiring ongoing monitoring and modifications to our compliance program, which may result in increased operational complexity and compliance costs.

Available Information

Our website address is https://q2.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available through the investor relations page of our Internet website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to the SEC. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Our business, prospects, financial condition, operating results and the trading price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected by a variety of risks and uncertainties, including those described below, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that are currently considered immaterial. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Our principal risks include risks associated with:

•security and privacy threats and breaches involving our solutions;

•the current economic environment and challenges in the financial services industry, including impacts on our customers' decisions to purchase our products and services and the related demand for our solutions relative to our expectations, including economic impacts resulting from changes to U.S. trade policy, tariff and import/export regulations;

•focusing on the financial services industry, and particular customer segments therein, and any geographies where we have general customer concentration and the potential for any economic downturn or consolidation in such industry, segments or geographies to adversely affect our business;

•the integration of our solutions with and reliance by our solutions on third-party systems or services;

•defects or errors in our solutions, including failures associated with transaction processing or interest, principal or balance calculations;

•the recently completed migration of the computing, storage and processing of our digital banking platform solutions from our third-party data centers to third-party public cloud service providers;

•defects, failures or interruptions in third-party services or solutions, including third-party public cloud service providers;

•our ability to plan for and manage our growth and scale with our new and existing customers effectively;

•the length, cost and unpredictability of our sales cycle;

•the development of our solutions and changes to the market for our solutions compared to our expectations;

•our ability to attract new customers and expand and renew existing customer relationships;

•managing challenges and costs associated with the implementation of a higher volume of or more complex configurations of our solutions;

•customer acceptance of and satisfaction with our existing and new solutions;

•the strength of our brand and reputation;

•intense competition in the markets we serve and challenges we face as we enter new markets or new areas of existing markets;

•customer training and customer support;

•development of our AI strategies and solutions, changes to the market for our solutions and regulatory specifications and functionality required by our customers and relevant governmental authorities;

•evolving technological requirements, enhancements and additions to our solution offerings, including AI;

•our sales and marketing capabilities, including partner relationships;

•our dependency on our management team and other key employees and the increased costs associated with recruiting and retaining talent;

•our international operations;

•mergers, acquisitions, divestitures or strategic investments;

•our revenue recognition method and the relative impacts of changes in subscription rates;

Table of Contents

•quarterly fluctuations in our operating results relative to our expectations and guidance and the reliability and accuracy of our forecasts and the market data we use;

•our history of net operating losses and potential limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards;

•our profit margins and the unpredictability of End-User adoption and usage, and customer implementation and support requirements;

•changes in financial accounting standards or practices;

•our ability to maintain proper and effective internal controls and produce accurate and timely financial statements;

•regulations applicable to us, our customers and our solutions, including evolving regulation of AI, machine learning and the receipt, collection, storage, processing and transfer of data, and the impacts of any violation of these regulations;

•global data privacy and security regulations;

•increased regulatory scrutiny and evolving requirements for money movement services and the resulting potential higher costs, increased complexity and limitations on offerings;

•litigation or threats of litigation;

•our ability to protect our intellectual property;

•the use of "open-source" software in our solutions;

•environmental, social and governance, or ESG, disclosures and evolving ESG disclosure requirements;

•the expenses and administrative burdens as a public company;

•the dilutive effects of future sales or anticipation of future sales, of our common stock and the resulting impact on the price of our common stock;

•unfavorable or misleading research by industry analysts;

•our stock price volatility and historical policy of no dividends;

•anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law;

•our convertible debt obligations and related capped call transactions and the related accounting treatment and our ability to secure sufficient additional financing when desired or needed on favorable terms; and

•our ability to obtain additional financing and potential dilution to our stockholders resulting from raising capital or using equity for acquisitions.

Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Operations, Industry and the Markets We Serve

Our business faces significant risks from diverse and increasingly frequent security threats. If our security measures or the security measures of our customers or third-party providers on whom we rely are compromised, unauthorized access to our systems or customer data is otherwise obtained or financial transaction fraud involving our solutions goes undetected, our systems and solutions may not be secure or may be perceived as not being secure or adequate, and customers may curtail or cease their use of our solutions, our reputation may be harmed, and we or our customers may incur significant liabilities, litigation, regulatory enforcement, fines or other consequences.

We maintain various types of confidential information, including our own information and that of our customers and their End Users. For example, certain elements of our solutions process and store personally identifiable information, or PII, such as banking and personal information of our customers and their End Users, and we also regularly have access to PII during various stages of the implementation process or during the course of providing customer support. Furthermore, as we develop additional functionality, we may gain greater access to PII. Our solutions and the solutions of our third-party partners are used to process various types of transactions, including debit card, credit card, electronic bill payment, Automated Clearing House, or ACH, payments, real-time payments through faster payment networks, transactions in cryptocurrencies and check clearing that support consumers, financial institutions and other businesses. We maintain policies, procedures and technological safeguards designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity, availability and privacy of confidential information, including PII, our solutions and our information technology systems. However, we are vulnerable to attack and cannot entirely eliminate the risk of improper or unauthorized access to our solutions or information technology systems or disclosure of confidential information or other security and privacy events that impact the integrity, availability or privacy of confidential information, including PII, or our systems, solutions and operations, or the related costs we may incur to mitigate the consequences from such events. Further, given the flexibility and complexity of our solutions, including an increasing number of integrations to third party solutions and increasing reliance on third-party public cloud service providers, there is a risk that configurations of, or defects in, the solutions or errors in their development or implementation could create vulnerabilities to fraud, security and privacy breaches. There have been and will continue to be unlawful attempts to disrupt or gain access to our solutions, information technology systems or the PII or funds of our customers or their End Users, and any successful attempts could disrupt our or our customers' operations and result in financial losses to us and our customers. In addition, because we increasingly leverage third-party providers, including cloud, software and other critical technology vendors to develop and deliver our solutions to our customers and their End Users, we rely heavily on the data security technology practices and policies adopted by these third-party providers, and we may not be able to identify vulnerabilities in such third-party practices and policies. A vulnerability in a third-party provider's software or systems, a failure of our third-party providers' safeguards, policies, procedures or overall business operations or a breach of a third-party provider's software or systems could result in financial loss and the compromise of the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our systems or the data housed in our solutions.

Our security measures and the security measures of our customers or third-party providers on whom we rely may not be sufficient to prevent our solutions or systems from being compromised as a result of third-party action, the error or intentional misconduct of employees, customers or their End Users, malfeasance or stolen or fraudulently obtained login credentials. Security incidents can result in unauthorized access to, loss of or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, litigation, regulatory investigations and enforcement, fines, litigation, indemnity obligations and other possible liabilities, as well as negative publicity, which could damage our reputation, impair our sales, harm our business and result in increased volatility in our stock price. Our business and operations, as well as those of our customers and third-party providers, are continuously exposed to a broad range of internal and external threats such as cyber-attacks, ransomware attacks, account take-over attacks, hijacking, organized cybercrime, financial transaction fraud, fraudulent representations, malicious code (such as viruses and worms), supply chain attacks, phishing, employee errors or omissions, employee theft or misuse, denial-of-service attacks and other malicious Internet-based activity. These internal and external threats continue to increase and evolve and financial services providers, their End Users, and technology providers are often targets of such threats or attacks. In addition to traditional computer "hackers," sophisticated criminal networks as well as nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks, including advanced persistent threat intrusions. Current or future criminal capabilities, including increased threats and speed of exploitation enabled by the use of AI, discovery of existing or new vulnerabilities, and attempts to exploit those vulnerabilities or other developments, may compromise or breach our systems or solutions, or use them to facilitate financial transaction fraud.

Table of Contents

In addition, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce our employees or the employees of our customers or third-party providers into disclosing sensitive information such as usernames, passwords or other information to gain access to our confidential or proprietary information or the data of our customers and their End Users. A party who is able to compromise the security of our facilities, whether physical or systematic, could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. We continue to make investments in insider threat programs, but we may be unable to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems because they change frequently and generally are not detected until after an incident has occurred. As we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, we may become more of a target for third parties seeking to compromise our security measures or gain unauthorized access to our systems or solutions. In addition, there may be a heightened risk of state-sponsored cyberattacks or cyber fraud during periods of geopolitical uncertainty, as cybercriminals attempt to profit from the disruption, given increased online banking, e-commerce and other online activity. Additionally, there is an increased risk that we may experience cybersecurity-related events, such as phishing attacks, and other security challenges as a result of some of our employees and employees of our service providers working remotely from non-corporate managed networks. Increased risks associated with cyberattacks, data and privacy breaches and breaches of security measures within our solutions, systems and infrastructure or the products, systems and infrastructure of our customers or third parties upon which we rely and the resultant costs and liabilities may cause failure or inability to meet our customers' expectations with respect to security and confidentiality and could harm our business, and seriously damage our reputation and affect our ability to retain customers and attract new business. Our systems and operations are also subject to inherent internal threats from employees or contractors such as unauthorized information access or disclosure and asset misappropriation, including as a result of inadequate access management. While we endeavor to counter these threats through processes designed to identify and monitor potentially risky behaviors, including data loss prevention and access rights management protocols, no risk mitigation strategy can entirely eliminate the risks posed by internal threats.

Although we monitor our solutions and information technology systems to detect and block threats, as cyber threats have evolved and continue to evolve, vulnerabilities in the supplier ecosystem, our solutions and information technology systems have been and may in the future be exploited. We continue to expend additional resources to modify or enhance our layers of defense to remediate such vulnerabilities and adjust lifecycle management. System enhancements and updates create risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones, including risks associated with the effectiveness of our, our customers' and our third-party providers' software development lifecycles. Due to the complexity and interconnectedness of our systems and solutions, the process of enhancing our layers of defense, including addressing hardware-based vulnerabilities, can itself create a risk of systems disruptions and security issues. Our and our customers' and third-party providers' ability and willingness to deliver patches and updates to mitigate vulnerabilities in a timely manner can introduce additional risks, particularly when a vulnerability is being actively exploited by threat actors. Customer utilization of older versions of our solutions can increase the risk and complexity of security vulnerabilities and the resources and time required to address them.

Federal, state and other regulations may require us to notify customers and their End Users of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. Security and privacy compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers, by our third-party providers or by us may lead to public disclosures and widespread negative publicity. Any security and privacy compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could erode customer confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory investigations or fines or other action or liability, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

In addition, some of our customers contractually require notification of any data security and privacy compromise and include representations and warranties that our solutions comply with certain regulations related to data security and privacy. Although our customer agreements typically include limitations on our potential liability, there can be no assurance that such limitations of liability would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more claims, or that our insurers will not deny or attempt to deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more claims against us, the inadequacy of or denial of coverage under our insurance policies, litigation to pursue claims under our policies or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

Unfavorable conditions or uncertainty in the financial services industry, geopolitical landscape or the global economy could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry, the geopolitical landscape or the global economy on us or our customers and their End Users. Continued widespread geopolitical and global economic conditions such as inflationary pressures, inflation rates, recession fears or economic slowdown in the United States or internationally, geopolitical uncertainty including acts of war, military conflict, uncertainties or conflicts in and around Ukraine, the Middle East and other parts of the world, regulatory changes, or political or regulatory uncertainty or discord, could adversely affect demand for our solutions and make it difficult to accurately forecast our results and plan our future business activities. While we do not have significant operations in directly affected areas, we are unable to predict the impact of geopolitical factors on the global economy or on our financial condition or results of operations. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depend on demand for enterprise SaaS solutions and services generally and for financial services solutions in particular. Weak or deteriorating economic conditions in the financial services industry could adversely affect our current or prospective customers' ability or willingness to purchase our solutions, put pressure on corporate information technology expenditures, delay purchasing decisions, reduce the value or duration of their subscriptions, or affect subscription renewal rates, all of which could adversely limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results. Changes in interest rates may impact account holder demand for loans and the creditworthiness of existing borrowers, resulting in operational challenges for financial institutions, including higher credit losses and difficulty in assessing risk in their existing loan portfolios and in making new lending decisions. Economic uncertainties, whether relating to general economic and geopolitical conditions, a changing or uncertain regulatory environment or challenges in the financial services industry, including specifically related to discretionary spending, have the ability to limit the growth of our business and negatively affect our operating results. Uncertain economic and geopolitical conditions may also disrupt supply chains, including third parties with which we have entered into relationships and upon which we depend in order to grow our business, such as technology vendors and third-party public cloud service providers, which could lead to payment delays and failures to settle financial transactions. The duration and severity of these unfavorable or uncertain conditions and their long-term effects on us and our customers remain uncertain and difficult to predict, and we may be unable to continue to grow or to grow at a similar rate in the event of future and sustained economic slowdowns.

In addition, the imposition by the U.S. of additional tariffs on a broad range of imports from multiple countries, and the potential for further expansion of such tariffs, including retaliatory tariffs being imposed by foreign countries, has introduced uncertainty into the global trade environment. Although our operations do not involve the direct purchase of significant volumes of goods or raw materials from outside the U.S., and we do not manufacture or inventory physical products, these trade measures may indirectly affect our business. For example, continued or escalating tariffs may contribute to inflationary pressures or impact the cost structures of our third-party service providers, cloud infrastructure partners, or customers, which could affect demand for our solutions and services or increase our cost of service delivery over time. To date, these developments have not had a material impact on our operations or financial performance. However, we continue to monitor the evolving trade landscape, including any additional tariffs or retaliatory measures that may arise, given the potential for broader macroeconomic implications and downstream effects on the financial services industry.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from customers in the financial services industry, and in particular RCFIs, and any economic downturn or consolidation in the financial services industry, or unfavorable economic conditions affecting regions in which a significant portion of our customers are concentrated or segments of potential customers on which we focus, could harm our business.

Recent economic pressures from fluctuating interest rates, inflationary pressures, instability in the banking and financial services sectors and slowdowns in the economy, financial markets and credit markets have had and could continue to have an impact on account holders or End Users of our solutions, our customers' prospects and our business sales cycles, and our customers' or prospective customers' spending decisions. Downturns in the financial services industry and unfavorable economic conditions affecting the regions in which our customers or prospective customers are concentrated or particular segments of customers or prospective customers on which we focus, including the Alt-FI and FinTech sectors, have and may continue to cause our customers or prospective customers to delay or reduce their spending on solutions such as ours or seek to terminate or renegotiate their contracts with us, including in either case as a result of insolvency or bankruptcy. A significant portion of our revenues is derived from financial institutions, and in particular RCFIs, and we have been and may continue to be impacted by challenges in the economic environment and financial services industry. Some financial institutions have in the past experienced significant pressure due to economic uncertainty, liquidity concerns and increased regulatory scrutiny. In recent years, many financial institutions have merged or been acquired, and periodically during downturns a limited number of financial institutions have failed, creating market disruption and uncertainty within the financial services industry, in particular among RCFIs. The actions taken by such institutions to address potential liquidity concerns have resulted in certain institutions incurring substantial costs that have negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact, their profitability and could lead to further market instability or bank failures. Additionally, regulatory changes aimed at stabilizing the financial system

Table of Contents

could impose new burdens, further straining the profitability of these institutions and potentially leading to a contraction in economic activities. Market conditions, including deteriorating performance of certain loan portfolios, including commercial real estate loan portfolios, capital constraints, and fluctuating levels of direct losses and charge-offs for some financial institutions, have also caused and may continue to cause financial institutions to reduce lending activity as they seek to increase their reserves to maintain better liquidity. Additionally, banking regulators, as well as increasingly cautious investors, have increased scrutiny of commercial real estate lending. This heightened attention may compel financial institutions with substantial commercial real estate loan portfolios to adopt more stringent underwriting standards, enhance internal controls, bolster risk management policies, conduct more rigorous portfolio stress testing, and maintain higher reserve levels. While the U.S. government has taken measures to strengthen public confidence in the banking system and protect depositors, such steps may be insufficient to resolve the volatility in the financial markets and reduce the risk of additional bank failures. It is possible these conditions may persist, deteriorate or reoccur, and longer term, failures and consolidations are likely to continue, and there are very few new financial institutions being created. Further, if our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities that have in-house developed solutions or that are not our customers or use fewer of our solutions, our customers may discontinue, reduce or change the terms of their use of our solutions. It is also possible that the larger financial institutions that result from mergers or consolidations, including large scale core migrations leading to industry consolidation, could have greater leverage in negotiating terms with us or could decide to replace some or all of our solutions. Financial institutions increasingly face competition from non-depository institutions or other innovative products or emerging technologies, such as cryptocurrencies, stablecoin or deposit tokenization, which may reduce the number of End Users, or log-ins or transactions using their more traditional financial services. Any of these developments could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are unable to effectively integrate our solutions with other systems or services used by our customers and prospective customers, including if we are forced to discontinue integration due to security or quality concerns with a third-party system or service, or if there are performance issues with such third-party systems or services, our solutions will not operate effectively, our operations will be adversely affected and our reputation may be harmed.

The functionality of our solutions depends on our ability to integrate with other third-party systems and services used by our customers, including core processing software and, in the case of our Helix solutions, banking services. Certain providers of these third-party systems or services also offer solutions that are competitive with our solutions and may have an advantage over us with customers using their software by having better ability to integrate with their software and by being able to bundle their competitive products with other applications used by our customers and prospective customers at favorable pricing. We do not have formal arrangements with many of these third-party providers regarding our access to their APIs to enable these customer integrations. We also resell numerous third-party services and market integrations to many third-party services, including services and integrations offered through our Q2 Innovation Studio solution.

Our business and reputation may be harmed if any such third-party provider:

•changes the features or functionality of, or fails to make updates to its services, applications and platforms in a manner adverse to us;

•discontinues or limits our solutions' access to its systems or services;

•suffers a security incident or other incident, including one that requires us to discontinue integration with its systems, or services or results in a compromise of our systems or services;

•experiences staffing shortages or other operational challenges, including as a result of challenging economic conditions, which interferes with their ability to implement or adequately support an integration with our solutions;

•ceases to operate;

•terminates or does not allow us to renew or replace our existing contractual relationships on the same or better terms;

•modifies its terms of service or other policies, including fees charged to, or other restrictions on, us or our customers; or

•establishes more favorable relationships with one or more of our competitors or acquires one or more of our competitors and offers competing services.

Table of Contents

Such events or circumstances could delay, limit or prevent us from integrating our solutions with these third-party systems or services, which could impair the functionality of our solutions, prohibit the use of our solutions or limit our ability to sell our solutions to customers, each of which could harm our business. If we are unable to integrate with such third-party systems or services because of changes to or restricted access to the systems or services by such third parties during the terms of existing agreements with customers using such third-party systems or services, we may not be able to meet our contractual obligations to customers, which may result in disputes with customers and harm to our business. In addition, if any such third-party providers experience an outage, our solutions integrated with such systems or services may not function properly or at all, and our customers may be dissatisfied with our solutions. If the systems or services of such third-party providers have performance or other problems, such issues may reflect poorly on us and the adoption and renewal of our solutions and our business may be harmed. Although we or our customers may be able to switch to alternative technologies if a provider's systems or services were unreliable or if a provider was to limit customer access and utilization of its data or the provider's functionality, our business could nevertheless be harmed due to the risk that our customers could reduce their use of our solutions.

Defects or errors in our solutions, including failures associated with transaction processing or interest, principal or balance calculations, could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to substantial liability.

Our solutions are inherently complex and from time-to-time have had and may in the future contain defects or errors, particularly when first introduced or as new functionality is released. The volume and dollar amount of payment transactions and interest, principal or balance amounts that we, our customers and our third-party partners process and calculate is significant and continues to grow. Transactions facilitated by us, our customers and our third-party partners include debit card, credit card, electronic bill payment transactions, ACH, payments, real-time payments through faster payment networks, transactions in cryptocurrencies and check clearing that support consumers, financial institutions and other businesses. These transactions often involve significant End-User payments, the timely processing of which is crucial for the End Users. Certain of our solutions also calculate dollar amounts, including interest, principal, remaining balance and payment amounts on loans, and in certain circumstances our solutions serve as the system of record on which our customers rely to instruct and inform End Users of amounts they must pay and their associated remaining balances. Additionally, certain of these solutions are designed to be configurable by our customers and their ability to perform as intended can be affected by the manner in which our customers use or configure the solution. From time-to-time we discover, and may in the future discover, defects or errors in our solutions or the solutions of our third-party partners, as well as unanticipated processing errors resulting from customer use or behavior. In addition, due to changes in regulatory requirements relating to our customers or to technology providers to financial services providers like us, we may discover deficiencies in our or our third-party partners' software processes related to those requirements. Material performance problems or defects in our solutions might arise in the future.

Such errors, defects, other performance problems, or disruptions in service to provide bug fixes or upgrades, whether in connection with day-to-day operations or otherwise, can be costly and complicated for us to remedy, cause damage to our customers' businesses and to their End Users and harm our reputation. Additionally, certain of our solutions are hosted by our customers or third-party resellers, resulting in our inability to directly access and monitor the data being processed by and our customers' use of such solutions. When any such solutions being hosted by our customers or third-party resellers encounter errors, defects or other performance problems, it can be difficult and costly to assess the issues properly and apply fixes, including because we must rely on the assistance and records of our customers or third-party resellers, as applicable. If the continuity of operations, integrity of processing, or ability to detect or prevent fraudulent payments were compromised in connection with payments transactions, we could suffer financial as well as reputational loss. In addition, if we have any such errors, defects or other performance problems, our customers could seek to terminate their agreements, elect not to renew their subscriptions, delay or withhold payment or make claims against us. Any of these actions could result in liability, loss of business, increased insurance costs, difficulty in collecting our accounts receivable, costly litigation, increased regulatory oversight, fines or penalties, adverse publicity and brand damage. Such errors, defects or other problems could also result in reduced sales or a loss of, or delay in, the market acceptance of our solutions.

Moreover, software development is time-consuming, expensive, complex and requires regular maintenance. Unforeseen difficulties can arise. If we do not complete our periodic maintenance according to schedule or if customers are otherwise dissatisfied with the frequency or duration of our maintenance services, customers could elect not to renew, or delay or withhold payment to us or cause us to issue credits, make refunds or pay penalties. Because our solutions are often customized and deployed on a customer-by-customer basis, rather than through a multi-tenant SaaS method of distribution, applying bug fixes, upgrades or other maintenance services may require updating each instance of our solutions, including a variety of different versions of our solutions. This could be time consuming and cause us to incur significant expense and may require the involvement of our customers, which potentially increases the technical delivery risk. We might also encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we discover problems that prevent our solutions from operating properly. As a result of the complexity of our solutions and the complex needs of our customers, our customers depend on our technical resources to develop reliable and secure solutions and to resolve any technical issues relating to our solutions. Our ability to deliver our

Table of Contents

solutions is dependent on our software development lifecycle management processes, including with respect to our change management processes, which impact our ability to effectively develop our solutions and to identify, track, test, manage and implement changes to our solutions. As a result, our solutions require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain and enhance them and to develop new solutions in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information technology, emerging cybersecurity risks and threats, evolving industry and regulatory standards and changing preferences of our customers. If our solutions do not function reliably or fail to achieve customer expectations in terms of performance, customers could seek to cancel their agreements with us and assert liability claims against us, which could damage our reputation, impair our ability to attract or maintain customers, harm our results of operations or have an adverse impact on our financial performance.

Failures or reduced accessibility of third-party hardware, software or other services on which we rely could impair the delivery of our solutions and adversely affect our business.

We rely on hardware and services that we purchase or lease and software, including open-source software, that we develop or license from, or that is hosted by third parties, to offer our solutions. In addition, we obtain licenses from third parties to use intellectual property associated with the development of our solutions. These licenses might not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. These third-party providers may in the future choose not to continue to support certain of the hardware, software or services we license. We also may in the future choose to discontinue the use of the hardware, services or software we acquire or license from such third-party providers, which may require that we pay termination fees or recognize related accounting charges or impairments. The loss of the right or ability to use all or a significant portion of our third-party hardware, services or software required for the development, maintenance and delivery of our solutions could result in delays in the provision of our solutions until we develop or identify, obtain and integrate equivalent technology, which could harm our business.

Any errors or defects in the hardware, services or software we use could result in errors, interruptions or a failure of our solutions. Although we believe that there are alternatives, any significant interruption in the availability of all or a significant portion of such hardware, services or software could have an adverse impact on our business unless and until we can replace the functionality provided by these products at a similar cost. Furthermore, such hardware, services and software may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. The loss of the right to use all or a significant portion of such hardware, services or software could limit access to our solutions. Additionally, we rely upon third parties' abilities to enhance their current products, develop new products on a timely and cost-effective basis and respond to emerging industry standards and other technological changes. We may be unable to influence changes to such third-party technologies, which may prevent us from rapidly responding to evolving customer requirements. We also may be unable to replace the functionality provided by the third-party software currently offered in conjunction with our solutions in the event that such software becomes obsolete or incompatible with future versions of our solutions or is otherwise not adequately maintained or updated.

We have migrated the computing, storage and processing of our digital banking platform solutions from our third-party data centers to third-party public cloud service providers and any challenges or difficulties with such migration could adversely affect our and our customers' business.

We have migrated the hosting of the computing, storage and processing of our digital banking platform solutions from our third-party data centers to third-party public cloud service providers. In certain cases, operating our solutions with third-party public cloud service providers requires changes to our solutions to allow for optimal operation of the solution when hosted by the third-party public cloud service provider, and such changes can vary significantly from customer to customer depending upon the particular design and combination of services they use and offer, including integrations to third-party services over which we have little or no control. The migration required planned downtime to transfer our customers' environments to the public cloud, and while we planned this migration extensively and conducted this migration carefully and methodically, we or our customers could experience unforeseen subsequent challenges or difficulties including outages, service delays, defects or errors from the migration or changes to our solutions that we implemented to enable it. Additionally, such migration may not achieve the anticipated cost savings or technical advantages.

Our ability to operate effectively depends, in part, on the availability, security, and resilience of these third-party platforms and the providers' continued compliance with applicable contractual, legal, and regulatory requirements. Disruptions, outages, cyber incidents, data loss, or other security events affecting our third-party public cloud service providers could impair our ability to access critical systems or data, interrupt customer services, or result in the unauthorized access to or disclosure of sensitive information. In addition, changes in a provider's business, financial condition, service offerings, or contractual terms, or a decision by a provider to limit or discontinue services, could require us to incur additional costs or transition to alternative solutions, which may be time-consuming and complex. Additionally, heightened supervisory expectations or new regulatory requirements may require us to enhance governance, monitoring, contractual protections, or contingency planning related to these arrangements, which could increase costs or limit flexibility in how we use such services.

Table of Contents

We depend on third-party public cloud service providers and third-party Internet service providers, and any disruption in the operation of these services or access to the Internet have in the past and could in the future adversely affect our business.

We operate our digital banking platform on third-party public cloud infrastructure, with Amazon Web Services, or AWS, and Microsoft Azure serving as our primary cloud providers. Our digital lending and relationship pricing solutions, along with select digital banking platform components, are hosted natively in third-party public cloud environments. We have completed the migration of our digital banking platform, including the core computing, storage and processing capabilities, from privately operated data centers to public cloud infrastructure. Our reliance on these providers and their systems is significant. The owners and operators of these third-party public cloud service providers do not guarantee that our customers' access to our solutions will be uninterrupted, error-free or secure. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, website disruptions, outages and other performance problems with these third-party public cloud service providers. These problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, hardware failures, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, operational disruption, spikes in customer usage and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. We do not control the operation of these third-party public cloud service providers, and such services are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, pandemics or similar catastrophic events. They also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to terminate our hosting arrangement or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the delivery of our solutions, cause system interruptions, prevent our customers' End Users from accessing their accounts or services online, cause reputational harm and loss of critical data, prevent us from supporting our solutions or cause us to incur additional expense in arranging for new facilities, services and support, and we may be required to pay refunds to our customers based on service level agreement (SLA) provisions in their contracts.

We also depend on third-party Internet service providers and continuous and uninterrupted access to the Internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our business. If we lose the services of one or more of our Internet service or bandwidth providers for any reason or if their services are disrupted, for example due to viruses or denial of service or other attacks on their systems, or due to human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, pandemics or similar catastrophic events, we could experience disruption in our ability to offer our solutions and adverse perception of our solutions' reliability, or we could be required to retain the services of replacement providers, which could increase our operating costs and harm our business and reputation. Prolonged interruption in the availability, or reduction in the speed or other functionality, and frequent or persistent interruptions in our solutions could cause customers to believe that our solutions are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid our solutions, which could also harm our business and reputation.

A disruption at a key vendor, such as a third-party public cloud service provider, third-party Internet service provider, software update distributor or cybersecurity firm, could impair our systems or our clients' ability to access our platforms. Because certain cloud and hosting services are provided by a limited number of large providers, an extended or widespread outage at a major provider could have a disproportionate impact on our operations, even if the outage is not specific to our systems. In such circumstances, our ability to implement timely workarounds or migrate affected workloads may be constrained, which could increase the duration or severity of operational disruption. Major global outages caused by faulty updates from a cybersecurity vendor have historically resulted in widespread service interruptions across multiple industries. A similar event affecting our vendors could cause outages in client-facing applications, transaction processing delays or data access issues, which could damage client confidence, lead to contractual penalties, and adversely affect our financial performance.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively or experience an unexpected decline in our growth rate, we may be unable to execute our business strategy, maintain high levels of service and customer satisfaction or adequately address competitive challenges, and our financial performance and operating results may be adversely affected.

Since our inception, our business has experienced high growth, which has resulted in large increases in our number of employees, expansion of the types of solutions we sell and the customers we sell them to, significant increases in the number of End Users accessing and using our solutions, expansion to international locations and international customers, expansion of our infrastructure, enhancement of our internal systems and other significant changes and additional complexities. We intend to further expand our overall business, customer base, and number of employees. The growth in our business, our management of a growing international workforce and customer base and the stress of such growth on our internal controls and systems generally requires substantial management effort, infrastructure and operational capabilities. To support our growth, we must continue to improve our management's resources and operational and financial controls and systems, and these improvements may increase our expenses more than anticipated and result in a more complex business, and our failure to timely and

Table of Contents

effectively implement these improvements could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial results. In addition, selling our solutions to larger customers and the increased breadth of our solution offerings and the types of customers we serve may result in greater uncertainty and variability in our business and sales results. We also will have to anticipate the necessary expansion of our relationship management, implementation, customer service and other personnel to support our growth and maintain high levels of customer service and satisfaction, particularly as we sell to larger customers that have heightened levels of complexity in their hardware, software and network infrastructure needs and as we sell a broader range of solutions to a broader and larger set of customers. Our success will depend on our ability to plan for and manage this growth effectively and to address challenges to our growth model resulting from rapid changes in economic conditions. If we fail to anticipate and manage our growth or are unable to provide high levels of system performance and customer service, our reputation, as well as our business, results of operations and financial condition, could be harmed.

Our sales cycle can be unpredictable, time-consuming and costly, which could harm our business and operating results.

Our sales process involves educating prospective customers and existing customers about the use, technical capabilities, implementation timelines and benefits of our solutions and services. Prospective customers, especially larger financial services providers, often undertake a prolonged evaluation process, which typically involves not only our solutions, but also those of our competitors and lasts from six to nine months or longer. We may spend substantial time, effort and money on our sales and marketing efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales. It is also difficult to predict the level and timing of sales opportunities that come from our partners and resellers.

Events affecting our customers' businesses have and may continue to occur during the sales cycle that could impact the size or timing of a purchase, contributing to more unpredictability in our business and operating results. Such events have and may continue to cause our customers or partners to delay, reduce, or even cancel planned digital financial services spending and impact our business and operations. We may experience challenges associated with accurately predicting the impacts of any economic downturn, or challenges in the financial services industry, on our customers and their End Users. In particular, the impacts of any downturn on Alt-FIs and FinTechs and our arrangements with them are difficult to accurately predict, as Alt-FIs and FinTechs may have particular vulnerabilities to an economic downturn, and our arrangements with FinTechs represent a more variable revenue model for us which may be more vulnerable to an economic downturn than our arrangements with financial institutions where the majority of recurring revenue is associated with contractual commitments. If customers or partners significantly reduce their spending with us or significantly delay or fail to make payments to us, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be materially adversely affected, and as a result of our sales cycle, subscription model and our revenue recognition policies, the effects of such reductions or delays on our results of operations may not be fully reflected for some time.

If the market for our solutions develops more slowly than we expect or changes in a way that we fail to anticipate, our sales would suffer and our operating results would be harmed.

The market for financial services has been dramatically changing, and we do not know whether financial institutions and other financial services providers will adopt or continue to adopt our existing and new solutions or whether the market will change in ways that we do not anticipate. Many financial services providers have invested substantial personnel and financial resources in legacy software, and these institutions may be reluctant or unwilling to convert from their existing systems to our solutions. For financial services providers, switching from one provider of solutions (or from an internally developed legacy system) to a new provider is a significant endeavor. Many potential customers believe switching providers involves too many potential disadvantages such as disruption of business operations, loss of accustomed functionality, and increased costs (including conversion and transition costs). Furthermore, some financial institutions may be reluctant or unwilling to use a cloud-based solution over concerns such as the security of their data and reliability of the delivery model. These concerns or other considerations may cause financial institutions to choose not to adopt cloud-based solutions such as ours or to adopt alternative solutions, either of which could harm our operating results. We attempt to overcome these concerns through value enhancing strategies such as a flexible integration process, continued investment in the enhanced functionality and features of our solutions, and investing in new innovative solutions. If financial services providers are unwilling to transition from their current systems, the demand for our solutions and related services could decline and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our future success also depends on our ability to sell new solutions and enhanced solutions to our current and new customers. As we create new solutions and enhance our existing solutions to support new customer types and technologies, these solutions and related services may not be attractive to customers. If the market for our solutions does not continue to evolve in the manner in which we believe it will or if our newer solutions are not adopted by our current and prospective customers, our future business prospects may be negatively impacted. In addition, promoting and selling new and enhanced solutions may require increasingly costly sales and marketing efforts, and if customers choose not to adopt these solutions, our business could suffer.

Table of Contents

If we are unable to attract new customers, continue to broaden our existing customers' use of our solutions or renew existing relationships with customers or partners, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

To increase our revenues, we will need to continue to attract new customers and encourage current customers to expand the utilization of our solutions or agree to price increases associated with existing solutions. In addition, for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers renew their subscriptions with us on similar or more favorable terms to us when their existing subscription term expires. Our revenue growth rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customer spending levels, customer dissatisfaction with our solutions, customers failing to meet their End-User growth projections, decreases in the number of customers, decreases in usage of our solutions by End Users, changes in the type and size of our customers, pricing changes, competitive conditions, the loss of our customers to other competitors and general economic conditions. We cannot give assurance that our current customers will renew or expand their use of our solutions. If we are unable to attract new customers or retain or attract new business from current customers or partners, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We may encounter implementation challenges, particularly as the number, size, type and complexity of customers that we serve increases and changes, and we may have to delay revenue recognition for some complex engagements, which would harm our business and operating results.

We have and may continue to face unexpected implementation challenges related to the complexity of our customers' implementation and integration requirements, particularly implementations for larger customers with more complex requirements in their hardware, software and network infrastructure needs. Our implementation expenses increase when customers have unexpected data, hardware or software technology challenges, or complex or unanticipated business or regulatory requirements. In addition, our customers in some cases may require complex acceptance testing related to the implementation of our solutions. Implementations often involve integration with or conversion of customers off of systems and services of third parties over which we do not have control. We may also experience implementation inefficiencies, delays, or increased costs associated with the introduction or expansion of new delivery tools, automation, or AI-assisted capabilities, including risks related to adoption, performance, training, change management, or integration with existing processes.

We may also face implementation challenges if we fail to accurately forecast or provision the necessary time and resources, including qualified talent, particularly following periods of increased sales success or restructurings impacting our implementation teams. Implementation delays may require us to delay revenue recognition under the related customer agreement longer than expected. Further, because we do not fully control our customers’ implementation schedules, if our customers do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet implementation timelines or if there are unanticipated implementation delays or difficulties, our revenue recognition may be delayed. In addition, implementations that rely on third-party vendors, service providers, or payment networks may be subject to delays, errors, or performance issues outside of our control, which could further increase costs, require rework, or delay customer acceptance and revenue recognition.

Our business could be adversely affected if our customers are not satisfied with our solutions, particularly as we introduce new products and solutions, or our systems, infrastructure and resources fail to meet their needs.

Our business depends on our ability to satisfy our customers and meet their business needs. Our customers use a variety of network infrastructure, hardware and software, which typically increases in complexity the larger the customer is, and our solutions must support the specific configuration of our customers' existing systems, including in many cases the solutions of third-party providers. If our solutions do not currently support a customer's required data format or appropriately integrate with a customer's applications and infrastructure, then we must configure our solutions to do so, which could negatively affect the performance of our systems and increase our expenses and the time it takes to implement our solutions. Any failure of or delays in our systems or resources could cause service interruptions or impaired system performance. Some of our customer agreements require us to issue credits for downtime in excess of certain thresholds, and in some instances give our customers the ability to terminate the agreements in the event of significant amounts of downtime, or if we experience other defects with our solutions. If sustained or repeated, these performance issues could reduce the attractiveness of our solutions to new and existing customers, cause us to lose customers, and lower renewal rates for existing customers, each of which could adversely affect our revenue and reputation. In addition, negative publicity resulting from issues related to our customer relationships or partners, regardless of accuracy, may damage our business by adversely affecting our ability to attract new customers and maintain and expand our relationships with existing customers.

Table of Contents

If the use of our solutions increases, or if our customers demand more advanced features from our solutions, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our solutions, and we also may need to expand our technical infrastructure and related resources at a more rapid pace than we have in the past. This would involve spending substantial amounts to subscribe to new or additional third-party cloud service services, upgrade our technology and infrastructure or introduce new or enhanced solutions. It takes a significant amount of time to plan, develop and test changes to our solutions and related infrastructure and resources, and we may not be able to accurately forecast demand or predict the results we will realize from such improvements. There are inherent risks associated with changing, upgrading, improving and expanding our technical infrastructure and related resources. Any failure of our solutions to operate effectively with future infrastructure and technologies could reduce the demand for our solutions, resulting in customer dissatisfaction and harm to our business. Also, any expansion of our infrastructure and related resources would likely require that we appropriately scale our internal business systems and services organization, including implementation and customer support services, to serve our growing customer base. If we are unable to respond to these changes or fully and effectively implement them in a cost-effective and timely manner, our service may become ineffective, we may lose customers, and our operating results may be negatively impacted.

Growth of our business depends on a strong brand and any failure to maintain, protect and enhance our brand could hurt our ability to retain or expand our base of customers.

We believe that a strong brand is necessary to continue to attract and retain customers. We need to maintain, protect and enhance our brand in order to expand our customer base. This depends largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, our ability to provide reliable solutions that continue to meet the needs of our customers at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, our ability to implement and support our solutions, our ability to continue to develop new functionality and use cases, and our ability to successfully differentiate our solutions and their capabilities from competitive products and services, which we may not be able to do effectively. While we may choose to engage in a broader marketing campaign to further promote our brand, this effort may not be successful or cost effective. Our brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or yield increased revenues, and even if they do, any increased revenues may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we are unable to maintain or enhance customer awareness in a cost-effective manner, our brand and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by adversaries in legal proceedings, current or former employees or customers, competitors and vendors, partners, as well as members of the investment community and the media. There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing customers reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our employee recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of our brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and pricing pressure, new technologies or other competitive dynamics could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We currently compete with providers of technology and services in the financial services industry, including point system vendors, core processing vendors and systems internally developed by financial services providers. With respect to our digital banking platform, we have several point solution competitors, including Candescent, Alkami Technology, CSI, Backbase and Lumin Digital in the online, consumer and SMB banking space and Finastra and Bottomline Technologies in the commercial banking space. We also compete with core processing vendors that provide systems and services such as Fiserv, Jack Henry and Associates and Fidelity National Information Services, or FIS. With respect to our digital lending and relationship pricing solutions, we compete against several point system competitors, including Abrigo, Baker Hill Solutions, nCino, Finastra, Brilliance Financial Technology, Temenos AG, and core processing vendors, including FIS and Fiserv. With respect to our Helix solution, we primarily compete with Galileo Financial Technologies, Marqeta and Green Dot in the BaaS and embedded finance markets, and we compete with Finxact, a Fiserv company, Nymbus, Mambu and Thought Machine Group in the cloud-core markets. Some of our competitors have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, may devote greater resources to the promotion, sale and support of their systems than we can, have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships than we have and have longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we have. In addition, some of our competitors expend more funds on research and development, which may allow them to introduce new and improved technologies and services more frequently than us.

Table of Contents

We also may face competition from new companies entering our markets, which may include large established businesses that decide to develop, market or resell competitive solutions, acquire one of our competitors or form a strategic alliance with one of our competitors. In addition, new companies entering our markets may choose to offer competitive solutions at little or no additional cost to the customer by bundling them with their existing applications, including adjacent financial services technologies and core processing software. New entrants to the markets we serve might also include financial services providers developing financial services solutions and other technologies, including solutions built using competing BaaS solutions or open API platforms. Competition from these new entrants may make our business more difficult and adversely affect our results.

If we are unable to compete in this environment, sales and renewals of our solutions could decline and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. With the introduction of new technologies and potential new entrants into the markets for our solutions, competition could intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase sales and achieve profitability. In addition, we may face increased competition in our existing markets or as we enter new markets or sections of a market with larger or different customers and new solutions. Our industry has also experienced recent consolidations which we believe may continue. Any further consolidation our industry experiences could lead to increased competition and result in pricing pressure or loss of market share, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, limit our growth prospects or reduce our revenues.

We do not have any control over the availability or performance of salesforce.com's Force.com platform, and if we or our Symphonix lending platform customers encounter problems with it, we may be required to replace Force.com with another platform, which could be difficult and costly.

Our Symphonix lending platform runs on salesforce.com's Force.com platform, and we do not have any control over the Force.com platform or the prices salesforce.com charges us or our customers. Salesforce.com may discontinue or modify Force.com or increase its fees or modify its pricing structures for our customers' environments. If salesforce.com takes any of these actions, we may suffer lower sales, increased operating costs and loss of revenue from our Symphonix lending platform until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available from a third party, is identified, obtained and integrated. Additionally, we may not be able to honor commitments we have made to our customers and we may be subject to breach of contract or other claims from our customers.

In addition, we do not control the performance of Force.com. If Force.com experiences an outage, our Symphonix lending platform will not function properly, and our customers may be dissatisfied. If salesforce.com has performance or other problems with its Force.com platform or its operations generally, they will reflect poorly on us and the adoption and renewal of certain of our Symphonix lending platform and our business may be harmed.

If we fail to provide effective customer training on our solutions and high-quality customer support, our business and reputation would suffer.

Effective customer training on our solutions and high-quality, ongoing customer support are important to the successful marketing and sale of our solutions, for the renewal of existing customer agreements and for the remediation of any defects or issues with our solutions or the manner in which they are being used. Providing this training and support requires that our customer training and support personnel have Q2 solutions and financial services knowledge and expertise, which can make it difficult for us to hire qualified personnel and scale our training and support operations. The demand on our customer support organization has and will continue to increase as we expand our business, offer new and more complex solutions and pursue new and larger customers, and such increased support could require us to devote significant development services and support personnel, which could strain our team and infrastructure and reduce our profit margins. From time to time, customer support cases can include product issues or defects which involve inconvenience or financial harm for our customers or End Users. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve any post-implementation product or support issues and provide effective ongoing customer support, our customers or End Users may incur further inconvenience or may not be able to remediate or limit resulting financial harm, and our ability to sell additional solutions to existing and future customers could suffer and our reputation could be harmed.

Consequences related to our development and use of AI may result in reputational harm or liability.

We currently incorporate AI capabilities into select solutions, and we are making investments and anticipate further utilization of AI in our solutions in the future. As with many emerging technologies, AI presents risks, challenges and unintended consequences related to its development, adoption and use that could adversely affect our business. AI algorithms and training methodologies may create accuracy issues, unintended biases and other unexpected outcomes. Ineffective or inadequate AI development or deployment practices by us or others could result in incidents that impair the accuracy and acceptance of AI-based solutions or cause harm to individuals or customers, creating perceived or actual technical, legal, compliance, privacy, security and ethical risks, which could subject us to competitive harm, regulatory action, legal liability and

Table of Contents

brand or reputational harm. These incidents could include explainability risk whereby our potential inability to interpret, articulate or justify the decision-making processes of AI models, compounded by challenges in achieving replicability of outcomes due to the adaptive nature of AI learning, where identical inputs may not always yield repeatable or consistent outputs, and may lead to concerns about trust, regulatory compliance and accountability. If we enable or offer AI-based solutions that are controversial because of their impact on human rights, privacy, employment or other social, economic or political issues, or which contain errors or bias or infringe upon the rights of third parties, we may experience competitive, brand or reputational harm or legal or regulatory action. Further, incorporating AI into our solutions may increase our risk of litigation and risk of non-compliance, as AI is an emerging technology for which the legal and regulatory landscape is not fully developed. The legal and regulatory landscape for AI is emerging and evolving rapidly, and what they ultimately will become remains uncertain, and our obligation to comply with them could entail significant costs, negatively affect our business or entirely limit our ability to incorporate certain AI capabilities into our solutions.

We also currently use AI for certain internal functions and in operating our business and we anticipate expanding our use of AI for these purposes, which presents risks and challenges. While we aim to use AI ethically and attempt to identify and mitigate ethical or legal issues presented by its use, we may be unsuccessful in identifying or resolving issues before they arise. The use of AI to support business operations carries inherent risks related to data privacy and security, such as intended, unintended, or inadvertent transmission of proprietary or sensitive information, where security incidents may become more complicated to discover due to the nature of AI. Additionally, we may experience challenges related to implementing and maintaining AI tools, such as developing and maintaining appropriate datasets for such support and internal controls related to their use as well as active management of infrastructure and related costs as AI capabilities increase in the industry. Use of AI for business operations also involves the risk of infringing third-party intellectual property rights. Further, dependence on AI may introduce additional operational vulnerabilities by impacting our relationships with customers, partners and suppliers, by producing inaccurate outcomes based on flaws in the underlying data or other unintended results. Our competitors or other third-parties may incorporate AI into their products more quickly or more successfully than us, which could impair our ability to compete effectively.

Additionally, AI model health presents a growing risk to our business and operations. As we develop, test, deploy and operate AI models that are integrated with or support our products and services, these models must remain compliant with evolving regulatory and model risk management requirements and fit for purpose over time. Gaps in security, evaluation rigor, repeatability, or traceability could produce biased or inaccurate outputs, trigger regulatory scrutiny, harm customers or erode trust. Weak governance, documentation or monitoring could further limit our ability to explain model behavior, demonstrate compliance or respond effectively to incidents, which could adversely affect our financial condition and reputation.

If we fail to respond to evolving technology, technological requirements or introduce adequate enhancements, new features or solutions, our solutions could become obsolete or less competitive.

The markets for our solutions are characterized by rapid technological advancements, changes in customer requirements and technologies, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and changing regulatory requirements. The life cycles of our solutions are difficult to estimate. Rapid technological changes and the introduction of new products and enhancements by new or existing competitors or large financial services providers could undermine our current market position. Other means of digital financial services solutions may be developed or adopted in the future, and our solutions may not be compatible with these new technologies. In addition, the technological needs of, and services provided by, customers may change if they or their competitors offer new services to End Users. Maintaining adequate research and development resources to meet the demands of the markets we serve is essential. The process of developing new technologies and solutions is complex and expensive. The introduction of new solutions by our competitors, the market acceptance of competitive solutions based on new or alternative technologies or the emergence of new technologies or solutions in the broader financial services industry could render our solutions obsolete or less effective.

Additionally, AI, including generative AI and autonomous decisioning technologies, is evolving rapidly and may significantly alter how financial technology products and services are developed, distributed and consumed. AI-enabled offerings may reduce demand for our products and services, compress pricing, weaken customer relationships or shift value creation away from regulated financial institutions toward technology providers.

The success of any enhanced or new solution depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate testing and market release and acceptance of the solution. Any new solutions that we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects or may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenues. If we are unable to anticipate customer requirements or work with our customers successfully on implementing new solutions or features in a timely manner or enhance our existing solutions to meet our customers' requirements, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Table of Contents

If we fail to effectively maintain or expand our sales and marketing capabilities and teams, as necessary, including through partner relationships, we may not be able to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our solutions.

Increasing our customer base and achieving broader market acceptance of our solutions will depend on our ability to maintain and potentially expand our sales and marketing organizations and their abilities to obtain new customers and sell additional solutions and services to new and existing customers. We believe there is significant competition for direct sales professionals with the skills and knowledge that we require, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future. Our ability to achieve significant future revenue growth may depend on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of direct sales professionals, as well as our ability to deploy our existing sales and marketing resources efficiently. New hires may require significant training and time before they become fully productive and may not become as productive as quickly as we anticipate. As a result, the cost of hiring and carrying new representatives cannot be offset by the bookings and revenues they produce for a significant period of time. Our growth prospects will be harmed if our efforts to expand, train and retain our direct sales team do not generate a corresponding increase in revenues. Additionally, if we fail to sufficiently invest in our marketing programs or they are unsuccessful in creating market awareness of our company and solutions, our business may be harmed and our sales opportunities limited.

In addition to our direct sales team, we also extend our sales distribution through formal and informal relationships with referral partners and resellers. While we are not substantially dependent upon referrals and sales from any partner, our ability to grow revenue in the future may depend upon continued referrals from our partners and growth of the network of our referral partners. These partners are under no contractual obligation to continue to refer business to us, nor do these partners have exclusive relationships with us and may choose to instead refer potential customers to our competitors. We cannot be certain that these partners will prioritize or provide adequate resources for promoting our solutions or that we will be successful in maintaining, expanding or developing our relationships with referral partners. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties, including our partners, to favor their solutions or prevent or reduce subscriptions to our solutions either by disrupting our relationships with existing customers or limiting our ability to win new customers. Establishing and retaining qualified partners and training them with respect to our solutions requires significant time and resources. If we are unable to devote sufficient time and resources to establish and train these partners or if we are unable to maintain successful relationships with them, we may lose sales opportunities and our revenues could suffer.

We rely on our management team and other key employees to grow our business, and the loss of one or more key employees or an inability to hire, integrate, train and retain qualified personnel could harm our business.

Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our management team, in particular our Chief Executive Officer, and other key employees, including in the areas of research and development, marketing, sales, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing development professionals because of the complexity of our solutions, including complexity arising as a result of the regulatory requirements that are applicable to our customers and the pace of technology changes impacting our customers and their End Users. We may generally terminate any employee's employment at any time, with or without cause, subject to local laws in particular non-U.S. jurisdictions, and any employee may resign at any time, with or without cause; however, our employment agreements with our named executive officers provide for the payment of severance under certain circumstances. We also have entered into employment agreements with our other executive officers which provide for the payment of severance under similar circumstances as in our named executive officers' employment agreements. The loss of one or more of our key employees could harm our business.

If we fail to attract, hire and integrate qualified new employees, motivate and retain existing personnel, or maintain a highly skilled and diverse global workforce, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed. Competition for executive officers, software developers, domain experts in financial services and other highly skilled personnel in our industry is intense. In particular, we compete with many other companies for executive officers, software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing software, as well as skilled sales and operations professionals and knowledgeable customer support professionals, and we may not be successful in attracting the professionals we need. We have from time-to-time experienced, and we may experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. Qualified individuals are usually in high demand, and we may incur incremental costs to attract and retain them. We have hired and continue to hire personnel in countries where technical knowledge and other expertise are offered at lower costs than in the U.S., which increases the efficiency of our global workforce structure and reduces our personnel related expenditures. Nonetheless, as globalization continues, competition for employees in these countries has increased, which may impact our ability to retain these employees and increase our compensation-related expenses. We may be unable to scale our infrastructure effectively or as quickly as our competitors in these markets, and our revenue may not increase sufficiently to offset these expected increases in costs, causing our results to suffer.

Table of Contents

Because our long-term success depends in part on our ability to operate our business internationally, our business is susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

We have international operations in India, Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom and Mexico. In recent years, we have expanded our international operations in order to maintain an appropriate cost structure, access a broader talent pool and meet our customers' needs, which has included opening offices in new jurisdictions. Our expansion efforts may involve expanding into less developed countries, which may be subject to political, social or economic instability and have less developed infrastructure and legal systems. The international expansion of our operations requires significant management attention and financial resources and involves significant administrative and compliance costs. Our limited experience in operating our business in certain regions outside the U.S. increases the risk that our expansion efforts into those regions may not be successful. In particular, our business model may not be successful in particular countries or regions outside the U.S. for reasons that we currently are unable to anticipate. In addition, conducting international operations subjects us to risks that we have not generally faced in the U.S. These include, but are not limited to:

•fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

•the complexity of, or changes in, foreign regulatory requirements;

•difficulties in managing the staffing of international operations, including compliance with local labor and employment laws and regulations;

•complexities implementing and enforcing cross-border information technology and security controls;

•potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, overlapping tax regimes, restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and changes in tax rates;

•the cost and complexity of bringing our solutions into compliance with foreign regulatory requirements, and risks of our solutions not being compliant;

•dependence on resellers and distributors to increase customer acquisition or drive localization efforts;

•the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and different legal standards, certain of which may be significantly more burdensome than those in place in the U.S.;

•increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

•longer payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

•longer sales cycles;

•political, social and economic instability abroad;

•terrorist attacks and security concerns in general;

•failure to recruit, onboard, build and retain a talented and engaged global workforce;

•integrating personnel with diverse business backgrounds and organizational cultures;

•challenges in obtaining visas and other restrictions on international travel;

•difficulties entering new non-U.S. markets due to, among other things, consumer acceptance and business knowledge of these new markets;

•constraints of remote working by employees;

•reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and

•the risk of U.S. regulation of foreign operations.

The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect our international business and, consequently, our operating results. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required to establish, acquire or integrate operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability. If we are unable to effectively manage our expansion into additional geographic markets, our financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

Table of Contents

In particular, we operate some of our research and development activities internationally and outsource a portion of the coding and testing of our products and product enhancements to contract development vendors. We believe that performing research and development in our international facilities and supplementing these activities with our contract development vendors enhances the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of our product development. If we experience problems with our workforce or facilities internationally, we may not be able to develop new products or enhance existing products in an alternate manner that may be equally or less efficient and cost-effective. In addition, if information technology and security controls we have implemented to address risks posed by research and development activities outside of the U.S. are breached or are otherwise ineffective, our intellectual property or technical infrastructure could be compromised or stolen and we could be subjected to cyberattacks or intrusions.

We may acquire or invest in companies, pursue business partnerships or divest products or assets, which may divert our management's attention and present additional risks, and we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions or investments, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We have completed, and may in the future evaluate and consider, potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions or divestitures of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our solutions, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses and additional channels of distribution. Negotiating any acquisition, investment or alliance, or any divestiture opportunity, can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. We may not be able to find and identify desirable additional acquisition targets, we may incorrectly estimate the value of an acquisition target, and we may not be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target or identified purchaser for divestiture opportunities. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close.

We may not achieve the anticipated benefits from our past acquisitions or any additional businesses we acquire due to a number of factors, including:

•our inability to integrate, manage or benefit from acquired operations, technologies or services;

•our inability to successfully sell and maintain the solutions of the acquired business;

•unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities or commitments of the acquired business that were not disclosed to us or that exceeded our estimates;

•difficulty integrating the technology, accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

•difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting and modernizing legacy solutions, security architecture and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

•uncertainty of entry into markets in which we have limited or no prior experience or in which competitors have stronger market positions;

•difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business to our solutions and contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;

•diversion of management's attention to other business concerns;

•adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition or divestiture;

•use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business;

•the use of a substantial portion of our cash that we may need to operate our business and which may limit our operational flexibility and ability to pursue additional strategic transactions;

•the issuance of additional equity securities that would dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders;

•incurrence of debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

•incurrence of large charges or substantial liabilities;

•our inability to apply and maintain internal standards, controls, procedures and policies with respect to the acquired businesses;

Table of Contents

•difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse software codes or business culture; and

•becoming subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Financial and Accounting-Related Risks

Because we recognize revenues from a significant portion of our solutions over the terms of our customer agreements, the impact of changes in the subscriptions for such solutions will not be immediately reflected in our operating results, and rapid growth in our customer base may adversely affect our operating results in the short term since we expense a substantial portion of implementation costs as incurred.

We generally recognize revenues monthly over the terms of our customer agreements. The initial term of our digital banking platform agreements averages over five years, although it varies by customer. As a result, the substantial majority of the revenues we report in each quarter are related to agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a change in the level of new customer agreements or implementations in any quarter may have a small impact on our revenues in that quarter but will primarily affect our revenues in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our solutions, or changes in our rate of renewals may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model and the proportion of our subscription revenues to our total revenues also make it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenues through additional sales in any period.

Additionally, we recognize our expenses over varying periods based on the nature of the expense. In particular, we recognize a substantial portion of implementation expenses as incurred even though we recognize the revenues over extended periods. As a result, we may report poor operating results in periods in which we are incurring higher implementation expenses related to revenues that we will recognize in future periods, including implementations for larger customers that have heightened levels of complexity in their hardware, software and network infrastructure needs. Alternatively, we may report better operating results in periods due to lower implementation expenses, but such lower expenses may be indicative of slower revenue growth in future periods. As a result, our expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of revenues and changes in our business generally may not be immediately reflected in our results of operations.

We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results or key operating measures due to a number of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results or key operating measures to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly operating results and key operating measures have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results or key operating measures on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Our past results may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to the other risks described in this report, factors that may affect our quarterly operating results or key operating measures include the following:

•the addition or loss of customers, including through acquisitions, consolidations or failures;

•the timing of large subscriptions and customer terminations, renewals or failures to renew;

•the amount of use of our solutions in a period and the amount of any associated transactional revenues and expenses;

•the amount and timing of professional service engagements and associated revenues and expenses;

•budgeting cycles of our customers and changes in spending on solutions by our current or prospective customers;

•seasonal variations in sales of our solutions, which may be lower in the first half of the calendar year;

•changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, changes to pricing or the introduction of new products and services that limit demand for our solutions or cause customers to delay purchasing decisions;

•the amount and timing of cash collections from our customers;

Table of Contents

•long or delayed implementation times for new customers, including larger customers with more complex requirements, or other changes in the levels of customer support we provide;

•the timing and predictability of sales of our solutions and the impact that the timing of bookings may have on our revenue and financial performance in a period;

•the timing of customer payments and payment defaults by customers, including any buyouts by customers of the remaining term of their contracts with us in a lump sum payment that we would have otherwise recognized over the term of those contracts, and any costs associated with impairments of related contract assets;

•changes in actual customer usage or projected customer usage of our solutions;

•the amount and timing of our operating costs and capital expenditures;

•changes in tax rules or the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

•general economic conditions or conditions in the financial services industry that may adversely affect our customers' ability or willingness to purchase solutions, delay a prospective customer's purchasing decision, reduce our revenues from customers or affect renewal rates;

•natural disasters or public health emergencies and their effect on the operations of us, our customers, our third-party providers and on the overall economy;

•impairment charges related to long-lived assets;

•unexpected expenses such as those related to non-recurring corporate transactions, litigation or other disputes, or changes in claim trends on our workers' compensation, unemployment, disability and medical benefit plans may negatively impact our operating costs;

•the timing of stock awards to employees and related adverse financial statement impact of having to expense those stock awards over their vesting schedules; and

•the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, hiring, training and integrating new employees, many of whom we hire in advance of anticipated needs.

Any one of the factors above, or the cumulative effect of some or all of the factors referred to above, may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results of operations. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our internal operating plan. Additionally, the price of our common stock might be based on expectations of investors or securities analysts of future performance that are inconsistent with our actual growth opportunities or that we might fail to meet and, if our revenues or operating results fall below expectations, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

Table of Contents

We have a history of losses and may incur additional losses in the future.

We have incurred losses from operations in many periods since our inception in 2005. We incurred net losses of $38.5 million and $65.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and net income of $52.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, we had an accumulated deficit of $612.2 million. These losses and accumulated deficit, and most recent period of income, reflect the substantial investments we have made to develop, sell and market our solutions, acquire customers and hire and retain qualified employees. As we seek to continue to grow our business, including through acquisitions, we expect to incur additional sales, marketing, implementation and other related expenses, including amortization of acquired intangibles. Our ability to sustain profitability will depend on our obtaining sufficient scale and productivity so that the cost of adding and supporting new customers does not adversely impact our margins. We also expect to continue to make other investments to develop and expand our solutions and our business, including continuing to increase our marketing, services and sales operations and continuing our significant investment in research and development and our technical infrastructure, while also managing our business in response to continued challenging economic conditions, challenges in the financial services industry and any resulting economic slowdown. We may incur losses in the future as we continue to focus on adding new customers and solutions, and we cannot predict whether or when we will sustain profitability. Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenues enough to offset our higher operating expenses, thus making it challenging to maintain profitability. While our revenues have grown in recent periods, such growth may not be sustainable, and our revenues could decline or grow more slowly than we expect. We also may incur additional losses in the future for a number of reasons, including due to litigation and other unforeseen reasons and the risks described in this report. If we are unable to sustain profitability, our customers may lose confidence in us and slow or cease their purchases of our solutions and we may be unable to attract new customers, which would adversely impact our operating results.

The markets in which we compete and demands of our customers are constantly changing and it is difficult to accurately predict the long-term rate of customer subscription renewals or solution adoption, or the impact these renewals and adoption, or any customer terminations, will have on our revenues or operating results.

As the markets for our existing solutions develop and evolve, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing model as we have used historically. Additionally, as a result of the operational and economic challenges being faced by our customers, we could be forced to modify contractual or payment terms with our customers. Moreover, large or influential financial services providers may demand more favorable pricing or other contract terms, including termination rights. As a result, in the future we may not be able to maintain historical contract terms such as pricing and duration and instead may be required to reduce our prices or accept other unfavorable contract terms, each of which could adversely affect our revenues, gross margin, profitability, financial position and cash flow.

Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solutions after the expiration of the initial subscription term, and if our customers renew at all, then our customers may renew for fewer solutions or on different pricing terms. Our renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers' satisfaction with our pricing or our solutions or their ability to continue their operations and spending levels. Additionally, certain agreements may include termination rights allowing customers to terminate their customer agreements in the event of, among other things, defects with our solutions, changes in our solution, breach by us of our obligations, requirements from regulatory authorities or a change in control of our company. If our customers terminate or do not renew their subscriptions for our solutions on similar pricing terms, our revenues may decline and our business could suffer. As we create new solutions or enhance our existing solutions to support new technologies and devices, our pricing of these solutions and related services may be unattractive to customers or fail to cover our costs.

Shifts over time in the number of End Users of our solutions, their use of our solutions and our customers' implementation and customer support needs could negatively affect our profit margins.

Our profit margins can vary depending on numerous factors, including the scope and complexity of our implementation efforts, the number of End Users on our solutions, the frequency and volume of their use of our solutions and the level of customer support services required by our customers. For example, our services offerings typically have a much higher cost of revenues compared to subscription fees for the use of our solutions, so any increase in sales of services as a proportion of our subscriptions would have an adverse effect on our overall gross margin and operating results. If we are unable to increase the number of End Users and the number of transactions they perform on our solutions, the number of End Users on our solutions or the number of transactions they perform decreases, customers fail to achieve their anticipated End User growth, the types of customers that purchase our solutions changes, or the mix of solutions purchased by our customers changes, our profit margins could decrease and our operating results could be adversely affected.

Table of Contents

The market data and forward-looking trends included in this report and other filings may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot give assurance that our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.

The market data and forecasts included in this report and our other filings with the SEC, including the data and forecasts published by BauerFinancial, among others, and our internal estimates and research are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. If the forecasts of market size, growth or anticipated spending prove to be inaccurate, our business and growth prospects could be adversely affected. Even if the forecasted size or growth proves accurate, our business may not grow at a similar rate, or at all. Our future growth is subject to many factors, including our ability to successfully execute on our business strategy, which itself is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Data and forecasts we use reflect information as of their respective publication dates and the opinions expressed in such reports are subject to change. Accordingly, investors and potential investors are urged not to put undue reliance on such forecasts and market data.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately $458.8 million of U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards. Utilization of these net operating loss carryforwards depends on many factors, including our future income, which cannot be assured. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that may be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone an ownership change. An ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% change in equity ownership by value over a 3-year period. Future ownership changes or future regulatory changes could further limit our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards. To the extent we are not able to offset our future income against our net operating loss carryforwards, this would adversely affect our operating results and cash flows to the extent we are able to sustain our profitability.

Our business may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales. Any successful action by state, local or other authorities to collect additional or past taxes could adversely harm our business.

We file sales and other tax returns within the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions as required by law and certain customer contracts for a portion of the solutions that we provide. Our tax liabilities with respect to sales and other taxes in various jurisdictions were approximately $1.0 million as of December 31, 2025. From time to time, we face sales and other tax audits, and we will likely continue to do so in the future. Our liability for these taxes could exceed our estimates as tax authorities could assert that we are obligated to collect additional amounts as taxes from our customers and remit those taxes to such authorities.

We do not collect sales or other similar taxes in certain states and other jurisdictions, and some jurisdictions do not apply sales or similar taxes to certain solutions. State, local and foreign taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of sales taxes to our solutions in various jurisdictions is unclear. We review these rules and regulations periodically, and when we believe we are subject to sales and other taxes in a particular jurisdiction, we may voluntarily engage tax authorities to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. A successful assertion by one or more jurisdictions, including those for which we have not accrued tax liability, requiring us to collect sales or other taxes with respect to sales of our solutions or customer support could result in substantial tax liabilities for past transactions, including interest and penalties, discourage customers from purchasing our solutions or otherwise harm our business and operating results.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.

Financial accounting standards may change or their interpretation may change. A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant impact on our reported financial results for periods prior and subsequent to such change. Changes to existing rules or the re-examining of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

Table of Contents

We may not be able to secure sufficient additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.

We may require additional capital in the future to pursue business opportunities or acquisitions, pay off our existing debt, repurchase shares of our common stock under our Repurchase Program, or respond to challenges and unforeseen circumstances. We also may decide to engage in equity or debt financings or enter into credit facilities for other reasons. We may not be able to secure additional debt or equity financing in a timely manner, on favorable terms, or at all. Any debt financing we obtain in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

Our customers are highly regulated and subject to a number of challenges and risks. Our failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to us as a technology provider to financial services providers and to enable our customers to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to them could adversely affect our business and results of operations, increase costs and impose constraints on the way we conduct our business.

Our customers and prospective customers are highly regulated and may be required to comply with stringent regulations in connection with subscribing to, implementing and using our solutions. As a provider of technology to financial institutions, we are examined on a periodic basis by various regulatory agencies and required to review our third-party suppliers and partners. The stringency of our third-party review is based on criticality criteria. The examination handbook and other guidance issued by the FFIEC govern the examination of our operations and include a review of our systems and technical infrastructure, management, financial condition, development activities and our support and delivery capabilities. If deficiencies are identified, customers may choose to terminate or reduce their relationships with us. In addition, while much of our operations are not directly subject to the same regulations applicable to financial institutions or our bank partners, we are generally obligated to our customers to provide software solutions and maintain internal systems and processes that comply with federal, state and other regulations applicable to them. In particular, as a result of obligations under our customer agreements, we are required to comply with certain provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act related to the privacy of consumer information and may be subject to other privacy and data security laws because of the solutions we provide. In addition, numerous regulations have been proposed and are still being written to implement the Dodd-Frank Act, including requirements for enhanced due diligence of the internal systems and processes of companies like ours by their financial institution customers. In 2024, the CFPB issued a rule pursuant to Section 1033 of the Dodd-Frank Act that would require banks and other financial institutions to share certain customer account data securely with consumers and authorized third parties upon consumer request. In general, larger financial institutions are subject to more stringent regulations and as a result, as we sell our solutions to larger financial institutions, we will become obligated to meet more stringent regulatory standards, including more in-depth due diligence. Certain of our solutions are designed to be highly configurable by our customers and their ability to perform as intended can be affected by the manner in which our customers use or configure the solutions. To the extent we do not adequately train our customers to properly use such highly configurable solutions and advise them of the associated risks, or to the extent our customers do not follow our training, our customers may use them incorrectly or in a manner that violates the law or causes harm to our customers or their End Users. Regulatory scrutiny of BaaS solutions has recently increased and may require us to devote significant resources to enhancing relevant policies, procedures and operations related to our Helix solutions, and the failure to satisfy such increased scrutiny may cause regulators to take action against us. Furthermore, regulatory scrutiny of BaaS solutions extends directly to middleware providers, which, in certain circumstances, may result in our customers bearing accountability for our compliance and risk management, including with respect to penalties, fines, and other measures that bank regulatory agencies take in the event of non-compliant activity or risks that are not well controlled. Additionally, regulatory agencies have expressed increased interest in the use of automated and data-driven tools in financial services. Changes in supervisory expectations or enforcement approaches related to such tools could require additional compliance investments or operational adjustments and may adversely affect our business. In July 2025, the GENIUS Act, which established a framework for regulating stablecoins, was signed into law and may impact our prospects' and customers' operations. Financial services providers and their solutions are subject to extensive and complex regulations and oversight by federal, state and other regulatory authorities. New regulations or changes to existing regulations may create uncertainty or additional cost for financial services providers as they adjust their operations and compliance efforts. Changes to regulations or new regulations may also encourage the adoption and prevalence of new financial products and services from non-depository institutions, such as cryptocurrencies or stablecoin, which may compete with their more traditional financial services.

Table of Contents

As FinTechs and financial institutions face increased regulatory scrutiny, their scrutiny of our services will likely increase and our inability to satisfactorily respond to partner demands could result in those partners moving to different solutions. If we have to make changes to our internal processes and solutions as a result of these regulatory changes, we could be required to invest substantial time and funds and divert time and resources from other corporate purposes to remedy any identified deficiency.

This evolving, complex and often unpredictable regulatory environment could result in our failure to provide regulatory-compliant solutions, which could result in customers' not purchasing our solutions or terminating their agreements with us or the imposition of fines or other liabilities for which we may be responsible. Any failure of our solutions to withstand regulatory scrutiny could reflect badly on our relationship with our regulators and on our overall reputation. In addition, federal, state or foreign agencies may attempt to further regulate our activities in the future. For example, Congress could enact legislation to regulate providers of electronic commerce services as consumer financial services providers or under another regulatory framework. If enacted or deemed applicable to us, such laws, rules or regulations could be imposed on our activities or our business thereby rendering our business or operations more costly, burdensome, less efficient or impossible, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Increased focus on money movement activities may subject us to additional operational, compliance and reputational risks.

We provide a range of money movement services, including electronic payments, funds transfers and other transaction processing activities, that are subject to extensive and evolving regulatory, supervisory and operational requirements. Regulatory authorities and industry participants have placed increased emphasis on the safety, integrity and oversight of money movement activities, including with respect to fraud prevention, transaction monitoring, consumer protection, operational resilience and third-party dependencies.

Heightened supervisory expectations or enforcement activity in this area may result in additional examinations, information requests or changes in applicable rules, guidance or industry standards. Compliance with evolving requirements may require enhancements to systems, controls, staffing or processes, increase operational complexity or costs, or limit the products or services we are able to offer. In addition, disruptions, delays, errors or fraudulent activity affecting money movement transactions, whether arising from internal processes, third-party service providers or external events, could result in customer harm, financial losses, remediation obligations or reputational damage. Although we maintain policies, procedures, and controls designed to support the effective operation and oversight of our money movement activities, including fraud detection and transaction monitoring, there can be no assurance that these measures will be sufficient to address all risks or evolving regulatory expectations. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Table of Contents

We are subject to various global data privacy and security regulations, which could result in additional costs and liabilities to us.

Our business is subject to a wide variety of local, state, national and international laws, directives and regulations that apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data. These data protection and privacy-related laws and regulations continue to evolve and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions and increased costs of compliance. Data privacy, information security, and data protection are significant issues in the U.S. and globally. The regulatory framework governing the collection, processing, storage, use and sharing of certain information, particularly financial and other PII, is rapidly evolving and is likely to continue to be subject to uncertainty and varying interpretations. The occurrence of unanticipated events and development of evolving technologies often rapidly drives the adoption of legislation or regulation affecting the use, collection or other processing of data and the way we conduct our business. In the U.S., these include rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the Federal Trade Commission, and state breach notification laws. If there is a breach of our systems and we know or suspect that unencrypted personal customer or End-User information has been stolen, we may be required to inform the representative state attorney general or federal or country regulator, media, credit reporting agencies, applicable banking agencies and any customers whose information was stolen, which could harm our reputation and business. Additionally, a breach of our systems could trigger an SEC-mandated cybersecurity disclosure that requires us to disclose material cybersecurity incidents. Such a disclosure could harm our reputation and business. Other states and countries have enacted different requirements for protecting personal information collected and maintained electronically. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the U.S., the European Union and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards will have on our business or the businesses of our customers, including, but not limited to, the European Union's GDPR, which came into force in May 2018, the European Union's Digital Operational Resilience Act, or DORA, which was formally adopted November 2022 and the California Consumer Privacy Act, which came into force in January 2020, each of which creates a range of new compliance obligations, which could require us to change our business practices, and significantly increases financial penalties for noncompliance.

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act granted the CFPB authority to promulgate rules and interpret certain federal consumer financial protection laws, some of which apply to the solutions we offer. While the CFPB has not disclosed the substance or timing of the anticipated interim final rule, these developments introduce uncertainty regarding the scope, timing, and implementation of the Section 1033 requirements and could affect financial institutions and service providers subject to the rule.

In response to this evolving regulatory landscape, we continuously monitor developments in data privacy, cybersecurity, and information security laws, regulations, and supervisory guidance and seek to integrate applicable changes and emerging standards into the design, development, and ongoing enhancement of our solutions. However, the pace and complexity of regulatory change may require ongoing product modifications and operational adjustments, and we may not be able to anticipate or address all regulatory expectations in a timely or cost-effective manner.

Failure to comply with applicable privacy, data protection or information security laws and requirements, whether due to our own controls, third-party service providers or evolving regulatory expectations, could result in enforcement actions against us, including fines, penalties, remediation obligations, reduced demand for our solutions, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, claims for damages by customers, End Users and other affected individuals, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill (both in relation to existing customers and End Users and prospective customers and End Users), any of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Compliance with breach notifications and remediation obligations alone could result in substantial costs. In addition, we could suffer adverse publicity and loss of customer confidence were it known that we did not take adequate measures to assure the confidentiality of the personally identifiable information that our customers had given to us. This could result in a loss of customers and revenue that could jeopardize our success. Moreover, even where we believe we are in compliance, we may nevertheless be subject to claims, investigations or enforcement actions due to evolving legal standards, regulatory interpretations or allegations of inadequate safeguards. We may not be successful in avoiding potential liability or disruption of business resulting from the failure to comply with these laws and, even if we comply with laws, may be subject to liability because of a security incident. If we were required to pay any significant amount of money in satisfaction of claims under these laws, or any similar laws enacted by other jurisdictions, or if we were forced to cease our business operations for any length of time because of our inability to comply fully with any of these laws, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. Further, complying with the applicable notice requirements in the event of a security and privacy breach could result in significant costs.

Table of Contents

Additionally, our ability to achieve business efficiencies and economies of scale depends in part on offering generally uniform solutions and processes across jurisdictions. However, increasingly fragmented and jurisdiction specific privacy, cybersecurity and data localization requirements impose additional operational complexity, increase costs and heighten the risk of non-compliance. As these regulatory requirements continue to evolve, we may be required to dedicate significant management attention and financial resources to compliance efforts, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our failure to comply with laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself could adversely affect our business and results of operations, increase costs and impose constraints on the way we conduct our business.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, including through mobile usage. We and our customers are subject to laws and regulations applicable to doing business over the Internet. Federal, state, or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. It is often not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes apply to the Internet, as these laws have in some cases failed to keep pace with technological change. Laws governing the Internet could also impact our business or the business of our customers, and changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our software in order to comply with these changes. Additionally, if governmental agencies or private organizations began to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via Internet, characterize the types and quality of services and products, or restrict the exchange of information over the Internet, we may experience reduced growth of our business, a general decline in the use of the Internet by financial services providers, or their End Users, or diminished viability of our solutions and our customers' ability to use our solutions could be significantly restricted. Changing laws and regulations, industry standards and industry self-regulation regarding the collection, use and disclosure of certain data may have similar effects on our and our customers' businesses. Any such constraint on the growth in Internet usage could decrease its acceptance as a medium of communication and commerce or result in increased adoption of new modes of communication and commerce that may not be supported by our solutions. In addition, the use of the Internet as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease of use, accessibility and quality of service. The performance of the Internet and its acceptance as a business tool have been adversely affected by a variety of evolving data security threats and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our offerings and related services could suffer.

Legislation relating to consumer privacy may affect our ability to collect data that we use in providing our customers End-User information, which, among other things, could negatively affect our ability to satisfy our customers' needs.

We collect and store personal and identifying information regarding our customers' End Users to enable certain functionality of our solutions and provide our customers with data about their End Users. The enactment of new or amended legislation or industry regulations pertaining to consumer or private sector privacy issues, AI or machine learning could have a material adverse impact on our receipt, collection, storage, processing and transferring of such information. Legislation or industry regulations regarding consumer or private sector privacy issues could place restrictions upon the collection, sharing and use of information that is currently legally available, which could materially increase our cost of collecting some data. These types of legislation or industry regulations could also prohibit us from collecting or disseminating certain types of data, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our customers' requirements and our profitability and cash flow targets. These legislative measures impose strict requirements on reporting time frames for providing notice, as well as the contents of such notices. The costs of compliance combined with the inability to determine whether a data breach has occurred within the time frame provided by, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations may lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance with such privacy laws. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our solutions.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and other industry groups are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. If the collecting, storing and processing of personal information were to be curtailed, our solutions would be less effective, which may reduce demand for our solutions and adversely affect our business.

Table of Contents

Any use of our solutions by our customers in violation of regulatory requirements could damage our reputation and subject us to additional liability.

If our customers or their End Users use our solutions in violation of regulatory requirements and applicable laws, we could suffer damage to our reputation and could become subject to claims. We rely on contractual obligations made to us by our customers that their use and their End Users' use of our solutions will comply with applicable laws. However, we do not audit our customers or their End Users to confirm compliance. We may become subject to or involved with claims for violations by our customers or their End Users of applicable laws in connection with their use of our solutions. Even if claims asserted against us do not result in liability, we may incur costs in investigating and defending against such claims. If we are found liable in connection with our customers' or their End Users' activities, we could incur liabilities and be required to redesign our solutions or otherwise expend resources to remedy any damages caused by such actions and to avoid future liability.

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial or intellectual property disputes, employment claims made by our current or former employees, whistleblower claims or commercial or intellectual property claims by our suppliers or service providers. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management's attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, our overall financial condition and our operating results. Insurance may not cover such claims, provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims or continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs and impact our liquidity, thereby reducing our operating results and impacting our financial condition.

Lawsuits by third parties against us or our customers for alleged infringement of the third parties' proprietary rights or for other intellectual property related claims could result in significant expenses and harm our operating results and financial condition.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property and proprietary rights as well as a high number of allegations and disputes related to these rights. Our competitors and the competitors of our customers, as well as a number of other entities and individuals (both operating and non-operating), own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. As a result, we periodically are subject to allegations and involved in disputes, either directly or on behalf of our customers, that our solutions and the underlying technology infringe the patent and other intellectual property rights of third parties. The frequency of these types of claims also may increase as we continue to add new customers. The defense against these allegations and disputes and, if unsuccessful, their resolution could result in our having to pay damages and negatively impact our ability to continue to sell and provide all or a portion of our solutions or certain third-party solutions, any of which could materially harm our reputation, business results and financial condition. Insurance may not cover such claims, provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims or continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. Successful outcomes in these disputes depend upon our ability to demonstrate that our solutions do not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. We have a very limited patent portfolio, which will likely prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger or more relevant patent portfolios than we have.

Our customer agreements typically require us to indemnify our customers in connection with claims alleging our solutions or the underlying technologies infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of third parties. Our customers regularly receive allegations from third parties or are involved in these disputes with third parties, and we may be required to indemnify them in connection with these matters. We have in the past been involved in these types of disputes, and given the high level of this activity in our industry, we expect these types of disputes to continue to arise in the future. If we are unsuccessful in defending claims for which we are required to provide indemnity, our business and operating results could be adversely affected. Any significant disputes among us and our customers as to the applicability of our indemnity obligations could negatively impact our reputation and customer relations, affect our ability to sell our solutions and harm our operating results. Further, there can be no assurances that any provisions in our contracts that purport to limit our liability would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim.

In certain instances, we license technologies from third parties for use directly or indirectly in our solutions or for resale with our solutions. Our contracts with these third parties may include provisions that require the third party to indemnify us in the event of any claim or dispute that the third party's technologies infringe upon the patent or other intellectual property rights of others. If we are unable for any reason to seek indemnity or otherwise collect from those third parties for our direct or indirect liabilities related to any claim, then we may have to bear the liabilities ourselves and our business performance and financial condition could be substantially harmed.

Table of Contents

The risk of patent litigation exists with operating entities but also has been amplified by the increase in the number of non-practicing patent asserting entities, or "patent trolls." Any claims or litigation, whether by operating entities or "patent trolls," could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us or our customers whom we indemnify, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our solutions or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.

Our success depends upon our ability to protect our intellectual property, which may require us to incur significant costs. We have developed much of our intellectual property internally, and we rely on a combination of confidentiality obligations in contracts, patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and other contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In particular, we enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have business relationships in which they will have access to our confidential information. We also rely upon licenses to intellectual property from third parties. No assurance can be given that these agreements or other steps we take to protect our intellectual property or the third-party intellectual property used in our solutions will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our solutions and our confidential and proprietary information. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized uses of our intellectual property.

Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to copy our solutions and use information that we regard as proprietary to create solutions and services that compete with ours. Third parties also may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent to our solutions. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our solutions may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions.

Our employees may use certain technological tools and infrastructure that allow us to enhance productivity, such as AI-enhanced chat bot functionality, which can generate code or other content. If we cannot develop or maintain effective policies and controls around the use of AI, or if resulting code or content inadvertently contains malicious or vulnerable data or code, open-source code, infringes upon third-party intellectual property rights or is encumbered by third-party rights, our business and reputation could be harmed. Such use of AI may also result in disclosure of our confidential or proprietary information to the third party providing the AI, or others, and potentially further use or copying by such third parties of our proprietary information.

In some cases, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or to protect our trade secrets. Litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights and exposing us to significant damages or injunctions. Our inability to protect our intellectual property against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management's attention and resources, could delay sales or the implementation of our solutions, impair the functionality of our solutions, delay introductions of new solutions, result in our substituting less-advanced or more-costly technologies into our solutions or harm our reputation. In addition, we may be required to license additional intellectual property from third parties to develop and market new solutions, and we cannot give assurance that we could license that intellectual property on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

As of December 31, 2025, we had seven patent applications pending and 17 patents issued in the U.S. and other countries. We do not know whether our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow the scope of our claims. To the extent that our pending patent applications or any portion of such applications proceed to issuance as a patent, any such future patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by a third party or found to be invalid or unenforceable. In addition, our existing and any future issued patents may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by a third party or found to be invalid or unenforceable. The process of seeking patent protection can be lengthy and expensive. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark and other intellectual property laws to protect our intellectual property, and much of our technology is not covered by any patent or patent application.

Table of Contents

We use "open-source" software in our solutions, which may restrict how we use or distribute our solutions, require that we release the source code of certain software subject to open-source licenses or subject us to litigation or other actions that could adversely affect our business.

We currently, and may in the future, use in our solutions software that is licensed under "open-source," "free" or other similar licenses where the licensed software is made available to the general public on an "as-is" basis under the terms of a specific non-negotiable license. Some open-source software licenses require that software subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works based on the open-source code be licensed in source code form under the same open-source licenses. Although we monitor our use of open-source software, there can be no assurance that all open-source software is reviewed prior to use in our solutions, that our programmers have not incorporated open-source software into our solutions, or that they will not do so in the future. In addition, some of our products may incorporate third-party software under commercial licenses. We cannot be certain whether such third-party software incorporates open-source software without our knowledge. In the past, companies that incorporate open-source software into their products have faced claims alleging noncompliance with open-source license terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. Therefore, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming noncompliance with open-source licensing terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. Because few courts have interpreted open-source licenses, the manner in which these licenses may be interpreted and enforced is subject to some uncertainty. There is a risk that open-source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market or provide our solutions. As a result of using open-source software subject to such licenses, we could be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages, re-engineer our products, limit or discontinue sales or take other remedial action, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Our business activities related to ESG matters may involve certain risks and considerations.

We strive to conduct our business in a responsible and sustainable manner, considering ESG factors in our decision-making processes. We are committed to sustainable business practices and strive for positive impacts in not just environmental matters, but also social and governance practices. We disclose our goals, accomplishments, and targets related to these matters on our website and through various public communications. While we are dedicated to these objectives, they are aspirational in nature and not guarantees of future performance or results. In addition, as anti-ESG sentiment has gained momentum in the U.S. in recent years, we may also face scrutiny, reputational risk, lawsuits, market access restrictions or governmental enforcement actions or penalties as a result of our ESG programs and commitments.

Our commitment to ESG objectives exposes us to various risks, many of which are beyond our control. Achieving our ESG goals depends on factors such as market conditions, resource availability, evolving regulations, supplier capabilities, stakeholder expectations, and our ability to attract and retain diverse talent. Regulatory requirements are continuously changing and compliance may require significant resources, potentially leading to revisions in our ESG goals and disclosures.

Additionally, ESG reporting standards are still evolving, which may result in inconsistent or non-comparable data over time or across industry peers. We may also rely on third-party data for ESG metrics, and inaccuracies could harm our reputation and financial performance. Failure or perceived failure to meet, track, or report ESG objectives could negatively impact our brand, investor confidence, employee retention, business relationships, and may increase regulatory scrutiny, compliance costs, and litigation risk.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

We incur significant expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses. Compliance with rules and regulations applicable to public companies may increase our costs, make some activities more time-consuming, and divert management's attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements.

Table of Contents

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. If we identify any issues in complying with public company reporting requirements (for example, if our financial systems prove inadequate or we or our auditors identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us. While we have documented and assessed our internal controls, we continue to evaluate opportunities to further strengthen the effectiveness and efficiency of our internal controls and procedures for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessment and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we make additional acquisitions, we will need to similarly assess and ensure the adequacy of the internal financial and accounting controls and procedures of such acquisitions. If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, including with respect to acquired businesses, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which could harm our operating results, harm our ability to operate our business and reduce the trading price of our common stock.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This situation could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We may be required to invest additional resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate investigations, inquiries, administrative proceedings or legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected. Additionally, proposals submitted by stockholders at our annual meeting or other advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties also may prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase our costs.

If securities or industry analysts publish unfavorable or misleading research about our business, or cease coverage of our company, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the securities or industry analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes unfavorable or misleading research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, and demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our stock price has been and may continue to be highly volatile.

The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, including the risk factors described in this report, and other factors beyond our control. Additional factors affecting the trading price of our common stock include, among others:

•variations in our operating results or the operating results of similar companies;

•announcements of technological innovations, new solutions or enhancements or strategic partnerships or agreements by us or by our competitors;

•changes in the estimates of our operating results, our financial guidance or changes in recommendations by any of the securities analysts that follow our common stock;

•the gain or loss of customers, particularly our larger customers;

•the utilization of our share repurchase program;

•adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business and our customers' business;

•uncertainties in the financial services industries;

•public disclosures or marketing and advertising initiatives by us or our competitors;

Table of Contents

•concerns related to actual or perceived security breaches, outages or other defects related to our solutions;

•threatened or actual litigation;

•changes in our senior management or key personnel; and

•the occurrence of any adverse events or circumstances described in these risk factors.

In addition, the stock market in general and the market for technology companies in particular have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may harm the market price of our common stock regardless of our actual operating performance. Each of these factors, among others, could adversely affect an investment in our common stock. Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class action lawsuits filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, the only opportunity to achieve a return on investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Consequently, the only opportunity to achieve a return on investment in our company will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and shares are sold at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock that will prevail in the market will ever exceed the price that is paid for our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which apply to us, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

•authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to help defend against a takeover attempt;

•require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a supermajority stockholder vote;

•provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office rather than by stockholders;

•prevent stockholders from calling special meetings;

•include advance notice procedures for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders;

•prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and

•provide that certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware.

Table of Contents

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, and we may not be able to obtain capital or complete acquisitions through the use of equity or without dilution to our stockholders.

We may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to develop new or enhance existing products and services, acquire businesses and technologies, repurchase shares of our common stock under our Repurchase Program or otherwise to respond to competitive pressures. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we accumulate additional funds through debt financing, a substantial portion of our operating cash flow may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness, thus limiting funds available for our business activities. We cannot give assurance that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, when we desire them, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products and services, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. Any of these factors could harm our results of operations and negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Debt

We incurred indebtedness by issuing our 2026 Notes in 2019, we may borrow under our Revolving Credit Agreement and our debt repayment obligations may adversely affect our financial condition and cash flows from operations in the future.

Our indebtedness under our convertible notes may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures, repurchases of our common stock under our Repurchase Program, potential acquisitions and strategic transactions, and a portion of our cash balances may be dedicated to repaying the principal of the 2026 Notes in 2026. Additionally, if our stock trades at a level where the conversion of our convertible notes is not economical for note holders, the conversion of the convertible notes is unlikely. This would require us to repay the full aggregate principal amount outstanding of the convertible notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, at maturity in cash in lieu of settling conversions of the convertible notes, and thus extinguishing our indebtedness under such convertible notes with shares of our common stock.

In addition, holders of our convertible notes will have the right to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, as defined in the indenture, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Upon conversion of the convertible notes, unless we elect to settle such conversion solely through delivery of shares of our common stock (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the notes being converted. We may not have enough available cash on hand or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make the repurchases of the convertible notes surrendered therefor, or at the time the convertible notes are being converted, to settle such repurchase or conversion. In addition, our ability to repurchase the convertible notes or to pay cash upon the conversions of the convertible notes may be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements governing our current and future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase the convertible notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the indenture, or to pay any cash payable on future conversions of the convertible notes as required by the indenture, would constitute a default under such indenture. A default under the indenture governing our convertible notes or a fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under our Revolving Credit Agreement and agreements governing our future indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof. An event of default under the indenture governing our convertible notes may lead to an acceleration of the notes. Any such acceleration could result in our bankruptcy, in which the holders of our convertible notes would have a claim to our assets that is senior to the claims of our equity holders.

Table of Contents

We entered into a five-year secured revolving credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Texas Capital Bank on July 29, 2024, the Revolving Credit Agreement, which provides for a $125.0 million revolving line of credit, none of which was drawn as of December 31, 2025. The Revolving Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants which restrict our ability, or any of our subsidiaries to, among other things, create liens, incur additional indebtedness and engage in certain other transactions, in each case subject to certain exclusions. In addition, the Revolving Credit Agreement contains certain financial covenants which become effective in the event our liquidity (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) falls below specified levels. The Revolving Credit Agreement contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults, breach of covenants, cross-default acceleration to material indebtedness, bankruptcy-related defaults, judgment defaults, and the occurrence of certain change of control events. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement are secured by our assets and those of Q2 Software, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, which has guaranteed all obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement. The occurrence of an event of default may result in the termination of the Revolving Credit Agreement, an acceleration of repayment obligations with respect to any outstanding principal amounts, an acceleration of repayment obligations with respect to the 2026 Notes, or the lenders foreclosing on their security interest, the occurrence of any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our indebtedness could have important consequences because it may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, repurchases of our common stock under our Repurchase Program, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes, or otherwise constrain the operation of our business. Our ability to meet our debt obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, regulatory and other factors, many of which are not under our control. Our future operations may not generate sufficient cash to enable us to repay our debt. If we fail to comply with any covenants contained in the agreements governing any of the debt or fail to make a payment on our debt when due, we could be in default on such debt. If we are at any time unable to pay our indebtedness when due, we may be required to renegotiate the terms of the indebtedness, seek to refinance all or a portion of the indebtedness or obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that, in the future, we will be able to successfully renegotiate such terms, that any such refinancing would be possible or that any additional financing could be obtained on terms that are favorable or acceptable to us.

Conversion of the convertible notes could dilute the ownership interest of our existing stockholders or may otherwise depress the price of our common stock.

The conversion of some or all of our convertible notes could dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders. Any sales in the public market of our common stock issuable upon such conversion of our convertible notes could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the convertible notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the notes could be used to satisfy short positions, or anticipated conversion of the convertible notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.

The capped call transactions entered into in connection with the offering of the 2026 Notes may affect the value of our common stock.

In connection with the offering of the 2026 Notes, we entered into capped call transactions, or the Capped Calls, with one or more counterparties. The Capped Calls cover, subject to customary adjustments, the number of shares of our common stock initially underlying the 2026 Notes. The Capped Calls are expected to offset the potential dilution and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2026 Notes, as a result of conversion of the 2026 Notes, with such offset subject to a cap. In connection with establishing their initial hedges of the Capped Calls, the counterparties or their respective affiliates purchased shares of our common stock or entered into various derivative transactions with respect to our common stock concurrently with or shortly after the pricing of the 2026 Notes. The counterparties or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of the 2026 Notes, and are likely to do so during any observation period related to a conversion of the 2026 Notes or following any repurchase of 2026 Notes by us. This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock.

Table of Contents

We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the Capped Calls, and they may not operate as planned.

The option counterparties to our Capped Calls entered into in connection with the convertible notes are financial institutions, and we will be subject to the risk that they might default under these derivative transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of these counterparties will not be secured by any collateral. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under our transactions with that option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors, but, generally, the increase in our exposure will be correlated with increases in the market price or the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock underlying the convertible notes. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of any option counterparty.

In addition, the Capped Calls are complex, and they may not operate as planned. For example, the terms of each may be subject to adjustment, modification or, in some cases, renegotiation if certain corporate events or other transactions occur. Accordingly, these Capped Calls may not operate as we intend if we are required to adjust their terms as a result of transactions in the future or upon unanticipated developments that may adversely affect the functioning of the Capped Calls.

Certain provisions in the indenture governing our convertible notes may delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover attempt of us and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

Certain provisions in the indenture governing our convertible notes may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire us. For example, the indenture governing our convertible notes will require us to repurchase the convertible notes for cash upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture) of us and, in certain circumstances, to increase the conversion rate for a holder that converts the convertible notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change. A takeover of us may trigger the requirement that we repurchase our convertible notes, and/or increase the conversion rate, which could make it more costly for a potential acquirer to engage in such takeover. Such additional costs may have the effect of delaying or preventing a takeover of us that would otherwise be beneficial to investors in our common stock.

If any of the conditional conversion features of our convertible notes is triggered, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.

In the event any of the conditional conversion features of the 2026 Notes is triggered, note holders will be entitled to convert their 2026 Notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert the 2026 Notes, we may elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), which would result in dilution to the holders of our common stock. If we elect to or would be required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation in cash, it could adversely affect our liquidity, either of which may negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

As a provider of SaaS solutions and an extensive user of a variety of technology services, we are subject to numerous risks from cybersecurity threats that have and could adversely affect us; however, to date none have materially affected us or our business strategy, results of operation or financial condition. Cybersecurity threats are ever-present and continuously evolving and we have and will continue to expend considerable resources to deliver solutions that are designed to comply with the stringent security and technical regulations and practices applicable to financial institutions and financial services providers and to safeguard our solutions and information systems against cybersecurity threats. For more information regarding the risks we face from cybersecurity threats, please see "Item 1A. Risk Factors." We have implemented a risk-based approach to identify and assess the cybersecurity threats that have and could affect our business and information systems, and this approach is incorporated into our overall enterprise risk management program. Our enterprise risk management program includes a formal, enterprise-wide inventory, categorization and assessment of risks, including risks associated with cybersecurity threats, overseen by the Risk and Compliance Committee, or RACC, of our Board of Directors. This program is managed by our Chief Risk Officer, or CRO, appointed by the RACC, and an Enterprise Risk Oversight Committee consisting of a cross-functional representation of senior leaders including our Chief Information Security Officer, or CISO. Our CRO has over ten years of senior risk management experience at large technology organizations, following a 20-year career in the U.S. Army. Our enterprise risk management team works in partnership with our security, information technology, compliance, internal audit, and third-party risk management functions, which collectively rely on a variety of internal resources and processes, as well as third-party consultants, auditors and applications, to identify, assess and manage cybersecurity risks, including cybersecurity threats related to third-party providers on which we rely. Our enterprise risk management function also extensively consults with senior management across our organization in identifying, assessing and managing risks.

Our information security program is managed by a CISO, whose team is responsible for leading our enterprise-wide cybersecurity strategy, policy, standards, architecture and processes. Our CISO has more than 20 years of experience directing disparate teams across application and product security, cyber defense, risk management, information governance, information technology compliance, information technology training and sales. Our CISO is appointed by the RACC, which also oversees the implementation, monitoring and testing of our information security program. Our CISO and CRO provide periodic reports to the RACC, at least quarterly. These reports include updates on the Company's cybersecurity risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen our information security posture, assessments of the information security program, and the emerging threat landscape. Our CISO and CRO also regularly meet separately with the chair of the RACC to provide similar updates. Our information security program includes incident response procedures designed to facilitate escalation of actual or potential cybersecurity incidents initially to members of our security team, and as appropriate to senior management and the RACC, to allow proper consideration, mitigation and remediation of, as well as evaluation of potential disclosure obligations with respect to, actual or potential cybersecurity incidents. Our information security program is regularly evaluated by internal and external experts with the results of those reviews reported to senior management and the RACC. We also actively engage with key vendors, industry participants and intelligence and law enforcement communities as part of our continuing efforts to evaluate and enhance the effectiveness of our information security program.

Item 2. Properties.

Our principal executive offices are located in Austin, Texas in two adjacent buildings under separate lease agreements. Pursuant to the first agreement, we lease approximately 129,000 square feet of office space with an initial term that expires on April 30, 2028, with the option to extend the lease for an additional ten-year term. Pursuant to the second agreement, we lease approximately 129,000 square feet of office space with separate lease terms for different portions of the building of approximately seven and ten years, with the options to extend the separate leases on the second building from five to ten years. Approximately 35,000 square feet of the first building is being actively marketed for sublease. In addition, we also lease office spaces in other U.S. cities located in Nebraska, Iowa and North Carolina. Internationally, we lease offices in India and Australia. We believe our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to secure new facilities or expand existing facilities to support future growth and believe suitable additional or alternative space will available on commercially reasonable terms as needed to accommodate operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. Our management believes that there are no claims or actions pending against us, the ultimate disposition of which would have a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information and Holders

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, and the NYSE Texas under the symbol "QTWO." As of December 31, 2025, we had 4 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of holders of common stock is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and nominees. The number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare cash dividends on our common stock will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock between December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2025, with the cumulative total return of (i) the Russell 2000 Index and (ii) the S&P Software & Services Select Index. This graph assumes the investment of $100 on December 31, 2020 in our common stock, the Russell 2000 Index and the S&P Software & Services Select Index, and the reinvestment of dividends, if any.

The information contained in the Stock Performance Graph shall not be deemed to be soliciting material or to be filed with the SEC nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities


	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid Per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs(1)	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares That May Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (in thousands)(1)
October 1 - 31, 2025	—	$	—	—	$	—
November 1 - 30, 2025	—	—		—	—
December 1 - 31, 2025	68,929	72.52		68,929	145,001
Total	68,929	$	72.52	68,929	$	145,001

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1)In October 2025, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program, or the Repurchase Program, that authorizes the Company to repurchase up to $150.0 million of our common stock. For further information, see Note 14 Stockholders' Equity of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 6. [Reserved]

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in the sections titled "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" above for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. The following discussion and analysis also includes a discussion of certain non-GAAP financial measures. For a description and reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures discussed in this section, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

Overview

We are a leading provider of digital solutions to financial institutions, financial technology companies, or FinTechs, and alternative finance companies, or Alt-FIs, seeking to incorporate banking into their customer engagement and servicing strategies. Our solutions transform the ways in which financial institutions and other financial services providers engage with account holders and retail and commercial End Users. Digital financial services are highly regulated, subject to extensive and evolving supervisory, consumer protection, privacy and third‑party risk management requirements, and security is paramount, as providers must protect sensitive financial data and funds and defend against continually evolving cyber threats and fraud. Providers must also manage significant technical and operational complexity to deliver consistent, compliant experiences across channels, devices and third‑party integrations while integrating with core systems, legacy infrastructure and multiple third‑party service providers, all while maintaining high availability and resiliency. We deliver these solutions through a unified, cloud-based software platform purpose-built for the complex, regulated financial services industry, enabling scalable and highly configurable digital financial experiences. Our solutions comprise a broad and deep portfolio of digital banking offerings, digital lending and relationship pricing solutions, risk and fraud solutions, Q2 Innovation Studio and Helix.

Founded over 21 years ago, Q2 began by providing digital banking solutions to domestic regional and community financial institutions, or RCFIs. We have rapidly grown since then through a combination of innovation, broad market adoption of our solutions, strategic investments and acquisitions. As customer needs and technology architectures have evolved, we have expanded our solution portfolio to address a broader set of mission-critical technology, data and operational requirements across the financial services value chain. Our expanded collection of solutions now spans digital banking, digital lending and relationship pricing, regulatory and compliance, risk and fraud, account switching, data-driven sales enablement, spending insights and portfolio management, and also includes our open platform solutions as well as our core and BaaS offerings. We serve account holders and borrowers across retail, SMBs and commercial segments. While we continue to generate a substantial majority of our revenue from our digital banking platform, we are actively leveraging our broader product portfolio and deep domain expertise to expand our market presence. This strategy includes seeking to further penetrate the digital banking market and drive significant growth across our diverse customer base in the broader financial services sector, while opening up new and meaningful expansion opportunities for our business.

Table of Contents

We offer our solutions to most of our customers using a SaaS model under which our customers pay subscription fees for the use of our solutions. Our digital banking platform customers have numerous End Users, and those End Users can represent one or more account holders registered to use one or more of our solutions on our digital banking platform. We generally price our digital banking platform solutions based on the number of solutions purchased by our customers and the number of Registered Users, as defined in "Key Operating Measures" below, or commercial account holders utilizing our solutions. We generally earn additional revenues from our digital banking platform customers based on the number of End Users on our solutions, the number of transactions that End Users perform on our solutions and the excess number of users and transactions above what is included in our standard subscription fee. As a result, digital banking platform revenues generally increase as our customers buy more solutions from us and increase the number of Registered Users and companies utilizing our solutions and as those retail users and companies increase their number of transactions on our solutions. Our risk and fraud solutions can be sold as part of, or alongside, our digital banking platform, while some solutions may be sold on a standalone basis and are generally monetized through subscription-based arrangements recognized over the term of the applicable customer agreements. The structure and terms of our digital lending and relationship pricing arrangements vary but generally are also sold on a subscription basis through our direct sales organization, and the related revenues are recognized over the terms of the customer agreements. The structure and terms of our Helix arrangements with FinTechs vary but typically involve relatively lower contracted minimum revenues and instead emphasize usage-based revenue, with such revenue recognized as it is incurred. This combination of subscription-based and usage-based revenue models aligns pricing with customer adoption and platform utilization.

We believe we have the opportunity to continue to grow our business and that the investments we are making are positioning us to continue to realize revenue growth and improve our operating efficiencies. These investments will increase our costs on an absolute dollar basis, but the timing and amount of these investments will vary based on the rate at which we expect to add new customers, the implementation and support needs of our customers, our software development plans, our technology and physical infrastructure requirements and the internal needs of our organization. Many of these investments will occur in advance of any associated benefit. If we are successful in growing our revenues by selling additional innovative solutions to existing customers and creating deeper End-User engagement, we anticipate that greater economies of scale and increased operating leverage will improve our margins over the long term.

We primarily sell our solutions through our direct sales organization. While the financial institution market is well-defined due to the regulatory classification of financial institutions, the markets for FinTechs and other financial services providers are broader and more difficult to define due to the changing number of providers in each market. Over the long term, we intend to continue to invest in additional sales representatives to identify and address opportunities in the financial institution, FinTech and Alt-FI markets and to increase our number of sales support and marketing personnel, as well as our investment in marketing initiatives designed to increase awareness of our solutions and generate new customer opportunities.

We have continuously invested in expanding and improving our digital banking platform since we introduced it in 2005. We intend to continue investing organically and to selectively pursue acquisitions of and strategic investments in technologies that will strengthen and expand the features and functionality of our solutions and provide access to new customers and markets. We have also acquired or developed new solutions and additional functionality that serve a broader range of needs of financial institutions as well as the needs of FinTechs and Alt-FIs. Our portfolio of digital solutions includes a comprehensive suite of offerings for retail, SMB and commercial banking, onboarding, regulatory and compliance, risk and fraud, digital lending and relationship pricing, open platform solutions, BaaS, account switching and data-driven sales enablement, spending insights and portfolio management solutions, among others. Q2 Innovation Studio, an API and SDK-based open technology platform, allows our financial institution customers and other partners to develop unique extensions of and integrations to our digital banking platform, allowing financial institutions to quickly and easily deploy customized experiences and the latest financial services expected by End Users. We believe our portfolio, which reflects years of strategic development and innovation, affords us a distinct competitive advantage across multiple market segments.

Table of Contents

As our business grows, we intend to continue to invest in and grow our services and delivery organization to support our customers' needs, help them through their digital transformation, deliver our solutions in a timely and effective manner and maintain our strong reputation. We believe that delivery of consistent, high-quality customer support is a significant driver of purchasing and renewal decisions of our prospects and customers. To develop and maintain a reputation for high-quality service, we seek to build deep relationships with our customers through our customer service organization, which we staff with personnel who are motivated by our common mission of using technology to help our customers succeed and who are knowledgeable with respect to the regulated and complex nature of the financial services industry.

Share Repurchase Program

In October 2025, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program, or the Repurchase Program, that authorizes us to repurchase up to $150.0 million of our common stock. The Repurchase Program permits shares of common stock to be repurchased from time to time at management's discretion, through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including accelerated share repurchase transactions, block trades or pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. The timing and number of shares of common stock repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the market price of our common stock, general business and market conditions, alternative investment opportunities and funding considerations. The Repurchase Program does not obligate us to repurchase any specific number or dollar amount of shares and has no expiration date. The Repurchase Program may be modified, suspended or terminated by our Board of Directors at any time.

Table of Contents

Key Operating Measures

In addition to the U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, measures described below in "Components of Operating Results," we monitor the following operating measures to evaluate growth trends, plan investments and measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

Customer Accounts

We track Customer Accounts across key solutions to provide insight into the scale, breadth and mix of our contractual customer relationships across our portfolio of solutions. A Customer Account represents an organization or business entity with a contractual commitment for a specific Q2 solution, whether or not that solution is live, as of the last day of the reporting period presented. Because many customers have contractual commitments for multiple solutions, a single customer may be represented across multiple offerings, and as a result, Customer Accounts by solution overlap and do not represent unique customers when aggregated. Customer Account totals are presented as approximate figures, rounded to the nearest increment of 50, due to the complexity of multi-solution customer relationships and overlapping contractual arrangements. These figures are intended to provide directional insight into the breadth and mix of our customer relationships rather than precise customer counts. Customer Account levels may vary over time based on the timing of new customer agreements, expansion of existing customer relationships into additional solutions, customer attrition and consolidation activity among our customers. In particular, merger and acquisition activity within our customer base may result in a reduction in the number of Customer Accounts for certain solutions, including in cases where we continue to serve the combined organization and retain the underlying contractual relationships, End Users, and associated revenues. As of December 31, 2025, we had the following approximate, Customer Account totals across our key solutions (rounded to the nearest increment of 50), reflecting solution-specific contractual relationships that may include multiple Customer Accounts associated with a single customer:

•500 Digital Banking Customer Accounts, including:

▪450 utilizing Consumer Digital Banking functionality

▪300 utilizing Commercial Digital Banking functionality

▪50 utilizing SMB Digital Banking functionality

•850 Risk & Fraud Customer Accounts

•150 Relationship Pricing Customer Accounts

•100 Digital Lending Customer Accounts

•50 Helix Customer Accounts

Registered Users

We define a Registered User as an individual associated with an account holder of a customer with an active consumer digital banking solution who has registered to use one or more of our digital banking solutions and has current access to use those solutions as of the last day of the reporting period presented. Growth in Registered Users is driven by expansion within existing customer relationships, increased adoption of digital banking services by end users and the addition of new customers. Over time, we expect the number of Registered Users to grow at a faster rate than the number of related Customer Accounts as customers increase penetration across their user bases, although growth may fluctuate from period to period. Our customers had approximately 27.3 million, 24.7 million and 22.0 million Registered Users as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Net Revenue Retention Rates

We believe that our ability to retain our customers and expand their use of our products and services over time is an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our customer relationships. One of the ways we assess our performance in this area is through our net revenue retention rate and subscription net revenue retention rate, or collectively our net revenue retention rates. We calculate our net revenue retention rate as the total revenues in a calendar year, excluding any revenues from acquired customers during such year, from customers who were implemented on any of our solutions as of December 31 of the prior year, expressed as a percentage of the total revenues during the prior year from the same group of customers. Similarly, we calculate our subscription net revenue retention rate as total subscription revenues in a calendar year from customers who were implemented on any of our solutions as of December 31 of the prior year, expressed as a percentage of total subscription revenues for the prior year from the same group of customers. Our net revenue retention rates provide insight into the impact on current year revenues of: the number of new customers implemented on any of our solutions during the prior year; the timing of our implementation of those new customers in the prior year; growth in the number of End Users

Table of Contents

on such solutions and changes in their usage of such solutions; and sales of new products and services to our existing customers during the current year, excluding any products or services resulting from businesses acquired during such year and customer attrition. The most significant drivers of changes in our net revenue retention rates each year have historically been the number of new customers in the prior year and the timing of our implementation of those new customers. The timing of our implementation of new customers in the prior year is significant because we do not start recognizing revenues from new customers until they are implemented. As an example, if implementations are weighted more heavily in the first or second half of the prior year, both our net revenue retention rate and subscription net revenue retention rate will be lower or higher, respectively, in the subsequent year. Our use of net revenue retention rate and subscription net revenue retention rate have limitations as analytical tools, and investors should not consider them in isolation. Other companies in our industry may calculate net revenue retention rates differently, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure. Our net revenue retention rate was 113%, 109% and 108% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and our subscription net revenue retention rate was 115%, 114% and 112% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Annualized Recurring Revenue

We believe Subscription Annual Recurring Revenue, or Subscription ARR, and Total Annual Recurring Revenue, or Total ARR, provide important information about our future revenue potential and our ability to maintain and expand our relationship with existing clients. We calculate Subscription ARR as the annualized value of all recurring subscription revenue recognized in the last month of the reporting period, with the exception of variable revenue in excess of contracted amounts for which we instead take the average monthly run rate of the trailing three months within that reporting period. Our Subscription ARR also includes the contracted minimum subscription amounts associated with all contracts in place at the end of the quarter for which revenue recognition has not yet commenced. Subscription revenues are defined within "Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates." We calculate Total ARR as the annualized value of all recurring revenue recognized in the last month of the reporting period, with the exception of variable revenue in excess of contracted amounts for which we instead take the average monthly run rate of the trailing three months within that reporting period. Our Total ARR also includes the contracted minimums associated with all contracts in place at the end of the quarter for which revenue recognition has not yet commenced, and revenue generated from Integrated Services. Integrated Services revenue is generated from select established customer relationships where we have engaged with the customer for more tailored, premium professional services resulting in a deeper and ongoing level of engagement with them, which we deem to be recurring in nature. Total ARR does not include revenue from professional services or other sources of revenue that are not deemed to be recurring in nature. Subscription and Total ARR are not a forecast of future revenue, which can be impacted by contract start and end dates and renewal rates. Subscription and Total ARR should be viewed independently of revenue and deferred revenue as Subscription and Total ARR are operating metrics and are not intended to be combined with or replace these items. Our use of Subscription and Total ARR has limitations as an analytical tool, and investors should not consider it in isolation. Other companies in our industry may calculate Subscription ARR and Total ARR differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Our Subscription ARR was $780.1 million, $681.9 million and $593.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Our Total ARR was $921.4 million, $824.2 million and $734.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Revenue Churn

We utilize revenue churn to monitor the satisfaction of our customers and evaluate the effectiveness of our business solutions and strategies. We define revenue churn as the amount of any monthly recurring revenue losses due to customer cancellations and downgrades, net of upgrades and replacements of existing solutions, during a year, divided by our monthly recurring revenue at the end of the prior year. Cancellations refer to customers that have either stopped using our services completely or remained a customer but terminated a particular service. Downgrades are a result of customers taking less of a particular service or renewing their contract for identical services at a lower price. We had annual revenue churn of 5.2%, 4.4% and 6.1% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Our use of revenue churn has limitations as an analytical tool, and investors should not consider it in isolation. Other companies in our industry may calculate revenue churn differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures to clarify and enhance our understanding, and aid in the period-to-period comparison, of our performance. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide supplemental information that is meaningful when assessing our operating performance because they exclude the impact of certain categories that our management and board of directors do not consider part of core operating results when assessing our operational performance, allocating resources, preparing annual budgets and determining compensation. Accordingly, these non-GAAP financial measures may provide insight to investors into the motivation and decision-making of management in operating the business. Set forth in the tables below are the corresponding GAAP financial measures for each non-GAAP financial measure. Investors are encouraged to review the reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to its most comparable GAAP financial measure included below. While we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful supplemental information, non-GAAP financial measures have limitations and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, their most comparable GAAP measures. These non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, do not reflect a comprehensive system of accounting and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies due to potential differences in their financing and accounting methods, the book value of their assets, their capital structures, the method by which their assets were acquired and the manner in which they define non-GAAP measures. Items such as the deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting, stock-based compensation, transaction-related costs, amortization of acquired technology, amortization of acquired intangible assets, lease and other restructuring charges and non-recurring legal settlements can have a material impact on our GAAP financial results. Beginning in the year ended December 31, 2024, because there was no impact of purchase accounting on revenue, our non-GAAP total revenue is now equivalent to our GAAP total revenue.

Non-GAAP Revenue

We define non-GAAP revenue as total revenue excluding the impact of purchase accounting. We monitor these measures to assess our performance because we believe our revenue growth rates would be understated without these adjustments. We believe presenting non-GAAP revenue aids in the comparability between periods and in assessing our overall operating performance. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, there was no impact of purchase accounting on revenue, and our non-GAAP total revenue is now equivalent to our GAAP total revenue. The following table presents a reconciliation of GAAP revenue to non-GAAP revenue for each of the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Revenue:
GAAP revenue	$	794,809	$	696,464	$	624,624
Deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting	—		—		344
Total Non-GAAP revenue	$	794,809	$	696,464	$	624,968

Non-GAAP Operating Income

We provide non-GAAP operating income that excludes such items as deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting, stock-based compensation, transaction-related costs, amortization of acquired technology, amortization of acquired intangible assets, lease and other restructuring charges and non-recurring legal settlements. There was no deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting in either of twelve months ended December 31, 2025 or 2024. We believe excluding these items is useful for the following reasons:

•Deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting. We provide non-GAAP information that excludes the deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting. We believe that the exclusion of deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting allows users of our financial statements to better review and understand the historical and current results of our continuing operations.

•Amortization of acquired technology and intangible assets. We provide non-GAAP information that excludes expenses related to purchased technology and intangible assets associated with our acquisitions. We believe that eliminating these expenses from our non-GAAP measures is useful to investors, because the amortization of acquired technology and intangible assets can be inconsistent in amount and frequency and significantly impacted by the timing and magnitude of our acquisition transactions, which also vary in frequency from period to period. Accordingly, we analyze the performance of our operations in each period, both with and without such expenses.

Table of Contents

•Stock-based compensation. We provide non-GAAP information that excludes expenses related to stock-based compensation. We believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation expense provides for a better comparison of our operating results to prior periods and to our peer companies as the calculations of stock-based compensation vary from period to period and company to company due to different valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of award types. Because of these unique characteristics of stock-based compensation, we exclude these expenses when analyzing the organization's business performance.

•Transaction-related costs. We exclude certain expense items resulting from our evaluation and completion of merger and acquisition and divestiture opportunities, such as related legal, accounting and consulting fees and retention expense. We consider these adjustments, to some extent, to be unpredictable and dependent on a significant number of factors that are outside of our control. Furthermore, transaction-related activities result in operating expenses that would not otherwise have been incurred by us in the normal course of our organic business operations. We believe that providing these non-GAAP measures that exclude transaction-related costs allows users of our financial statements to better review and understand the historical and current results of our continuing operations, and also facilitates comparisons to our historical results and results of less acquisitive peer companies, both with and without such adjustments.

•Lease and other restructuring charges. We provide non-GAAP information that excludes restructuring charges related to the estimated costs of exiting and terminating facility lease commitments, partially offset by anticipated sublease income, and any related impairments of the right of use assets as they relate to corporate restructuring and exit activities. It also excludes severance cash payouts and other related compensation associated with restructuring, departure of executive officers or eliminating certain positions in connection with initiatives intended to align our resources to the portions of our business that we believe will drive the most long-term value. These charges are inconsistent in amount and are significantly impacted by the timing and nature of these events. Therefore, although we may incur these types of expenses in the future, we believe that eliminating these charges for purposes of calculating the non-GAAP financial measures facilitates a more meaningful evaluation of our operating performance and comparisons to our past operating performance.

•Non-recurring legal settlements. We exclude certain legal settlement costs that we deem not to be in the ordinary course of our business operations ("non-recurring legal settlements"). In March 2025, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to settle a dispute with a former commercial real estate broker related to commissions for the lease of its current headquarters, pursuant to which the Company paid $1.8 million to settle the matter in full. We believe excluding this amount from our non-GAAP financial measures provides meaningful insight and allows users of our financial statements to better review and understand the historical and current results of our continuing operations, and also facilitates comparisons to our historical results and results to peer companies, both with and without such adjustments.

The following table presents a reconciliation of GAAP operating income (loss) to non-GAAP operating income for each of the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
GAAP operating income (loss)	$	39,897	$	(42,263)	$	(86,057)
Deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting	—		—		344
Stock-based compensation	86,949		89,215		79,188
Transaction-related costs	166		—		24
Amortization of acquired technology	21,049		22,016		23,402
Amortization of acquired intangibles	93		16,979		20,667
Lease and other restructuring charges	4,478		9,517		12,092
Non-recurring legal settlements	1,750		—		—
Non-GAAP operating income	$	154,382	$	95,464	$	49,660

Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting, stock-based compensation, transaction-related costs, depreciation, amortization, lease and other restructuring charges, non-recurring legal settlements, provision for income taxes, gain on extinguishment of debt and interest and other (income) expense, net. We believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:

•adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company's operating performance with and without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures and the method by which assets were acquired;

•our management uses adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, in the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our operating performance, to assess the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance;

•adjusted EBITDA provides more consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operations and also facilitates comparisons with other companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and

•our investor and analyst presentations include adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our overall operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The use of adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool has limitations such as:

•depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for such replacements;

•adjusted EBITDA may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

•adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

•adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that could reduce cash available for use; and

•other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these and other limitations, investors and others should consider adjusted EBITDA together with our GAAP financial measures including cash flow from operations and net income (loss). The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA:
Net income (loss)	$	52,008	$	(38,536)	$	(65,384)
Deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting	—		—		344
Stock-based compensation	86,949		89,215		79,188
Transaction-related costs	166		—		24
Depreciation and amortization	53,424		68,809		71,707
Lease and other restructuring charges	4,478		9,517		12,092
Non-recurring legal settlements	1,750		—		—
Provision for income taxes	2,717		7,676		3,562
Gain on extinguishment of debt	—		—		(19,869)
Interest and other income, net	(14,978)		(11,343)		(4,724)
Adjusted EBITDA	$	186,514	$	125,338	$	76,940

Table of Contents

Components of Operating Results

Revenues

Revenue-generating activities directly relate to the sale, implementation and support of our solutions within a single operating segment. We derive the majority of our revenues from subscription fees for the use of our hosted solutions, transactional revenue from bill-pay solutions and remote deposit products, revenues for professional services and implementation services related to our solutions and certain third-party related pass-through fees. We recognize the corresponding revenues over time on a ratable basis over the customer agreement term or as incurred based on the nature of the revenue. A small portion of our revenues are derived from customers which host and manage our solutions on-premises or in third-party data centers under term license and maintenance agreements. For these customers, we recognize software license revenue once the customer obtains control of the license, which generally occurs at the start of each license term, and recognize the remaining arrangement consideration for maintenance revenue over time on a ratable basis over the term of the software license.

Subscription fees are based on the number of solutions purchased by our customers, the number of End Users using the solutions and other usage fees those users generate by using our solutions in excess of the levels included in our standard subscription fee. Subscription fees are billed monthly, quarterly or annually and are recognized monthly over the term of our customer agreements. The initial term of our digital banking platform agreements averages over five years, although it varies by customer. The structure and terms of our digital lending and relationship pricing arrangements vary but generally are also sold on a subscription basis through our direct sales organization, and the related revenues are recognized over the terms of the customer agreements. The structure and terms of our Helix arrangements with FinTechs vary but typically involve relatively lower contracted minimum revenues and instead emphasize usage-based revenue, with such revenue recognized as it is incurred. This combination of subscription-based and usage-based revenue models aligns pricing with customer adoption and platform utilization. We begin recognizing subscription fees when the control of the service transfers to the customer, generally when the solution is implemented and made available to the customer. We recognize revenue for debit card and bill-pay related transaction services when End Users utilize debit card services integrated within our Helix and other payment-service solutions in the month incurred based on actual or estimated transactions. The timing of our implementations varies period-to-period based on our implementation capacity, the number of solutions purchased by our customers, the size and unique needs of our customers and the readiness of our customers to implement our solutions. We typically recognize any related implementation services revenues ratably over the initial customer agreement term beginning on the date we commence recognizing subscription fees. Contract asset balances arise primarily when we provide services in advance of billing for those services. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable, and in revenues or deferred revenues, depending on when control of the service transfers to the customer.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues is comprised primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including employee benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, for employees providing services to our customers. This includes the costs of our personnel performing implementations and customer support. Cost of revenues also includes third-party public cloud service providers, the direct costs of bill-pay and other third-party intellectual property included in our solutions, third-party public cloud service providers, the amortization of deferred solution and services costs, amortization of certain software development costs, debit card related pass-through fees, an allocation of general overhead costs, the amortization of acquired technology intangibles, referral fees, co-location facility costs and depreciation of our data center assets. We allocate general overhead expenses to all departments based on the number of employees in each department, which we consider to be a fair and representative means of allocation.

We capitalize certain personnel costs directly related to the implementation of our solutions to the extent those costs are recoverable from future revenues. We amortize the capitalized implementation costs once revenue recognition commences, and we amortize those implementation costs to cost of revenues over the expected period of customer benefit, which has been determined to be the estimated life of the technology. Other costs not directly recoverable from future revenues are expensed in the period incurred.

We capitalize certain software development costs for those employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to developing our software solutions on an individual product basis, including those related to programmers, software engineers and quality control teams, as well as third-party development costs. Software development costs are amortized to cost of revenues when products and enhancements are released or made available over the products' estimated economic lives.

Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses primarily consist of sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses. They also include costs related to our acquisitions and the resulting amortization of acquired intangible assets from those acquisitions. Over the long term, we intend to continue to hire new employees and make other investments to support our anticipated growth, and as a result, we expect our operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars but to decrease as a percentage of revenues over the long term as we grow our business.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including commissions, employee benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Sales and marketing expenses also include expenses related to advertising, lead generation, promotional events, corporate communications, travel and allocated overhead.

Research and Development

We believe that continuing to improve and enhance our solutions is essential to maintaining our reputation for innovation and growing our customer base and revenues. Research and development expenses include salaries and personnel-related costs, including employee benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, third-party contractor expenses, software development costs, allocated overhead and other related expenses incurred in developing new solutions and enhancing existing solutions.

Certain research and development costs that are related to our software development, which include salaries and other personnel-related costs, comprised of employee benefits, stock-based compensation and bonuses attributed to programmers, software engineers and quality control teams working on our software solutions, are capitalized and included in intangible assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including employee benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, of our administrative, finance and accounting, information systems, compliance and security, legal, human resources employees and the majority of our executive team. General and administrative expenses also include consulting and professional fees, travel and other corporate expenses to comply with regulations governing public companies and financial institutions.

Transaction-Related Costs

Transaction-related costs include various legal and professional service expenses incurred in connection with merger and acquisition and divestiture related matters, which are recognized when incurred.

Amortization of Acquired Intangibles

Amortization of acquired intangibles represents the amortization of intangibles recorded in connection with our business acquisitions which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

Lease and Other Restructuring Charges

Lease and other restructuring charges include costs related to the early vacating of certain facilities, any related impairment of the right of use assets and ongoing expenses of other vacated facilities, partially offset by anticipated sublease income from the associated facilities. It also includes severance cash payouts and other related compensation associated with restructuring, departure of executive officers or eliminating certain positions in connection with initiatives intended to align our resources to the portions of our business that we believe will drive the most long-term value.

Total Other Income, Net

Total other income, net, consists primarily of interest income and expense, other non-operating income and expense, loss on disposal of long-lived assets, foreign currency translation adjustment and gain on extinguishment of debt. We earn interest income on our cash, cash equivalents and investments. Interest expense consists primarily of the interest from the amortization of debt issuance costs, coupon interest attributable to our convertible notes, commitment fees and interest associated with our Revolving Credit Agreement, as well as fees and interest associated with the letter of credit issued to our landlord for the security deposit for our corporate headquarters.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our income tax expenses and benefits consist primarily of federal, state, and international current and deferred income tax expense from global operations.

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results might differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we believe that the accounting policies discussed below involve the greatest degree of complexity and exercise of significant judgments and estimates by our management. The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations and, accordingly, we believe the policies described below are the most critical for understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services over the term of the agreement, generally when our solutions are implemented and made available to our customers. The promised consideration may include fixed amounts, variable amounts or both. Revenues are recognized net of sales credits and allowances.

Subscription Revenues

Our software solutions are available for use as hosted application arrangements under subscription fee agreements without licensing rights to the software. Subscription fees from these applications, including contractual periodic price increases, are recognized over time on a ratable basis over the customer agreement term beginning on the date our solution is made available to the customer. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenues or revenues, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Periodic price increases are estimated at contract inception where appropriate and result in contract assets as revenue recognition may exceed the amount billed early in the contract. Additional fees for monthly usage above the levels included in the standard subscription fee are recognized as revenue in the month when the usage amounts are determined and reported.

A small portion of our customers host and manage our solutions on-premises or in third-party data centers under term license and maintenance agreements. Term licenses sold with maintenance entitle the customer to technical support, upgrades and updates to the software on a when-and-if-available basis. For these customers, we recognize software license revenue once the customer obtains control of the license, which generally occurs at the start of each license term, and recognize the remaining arrangement consideration for maintenance revenue over time on a ratable basis over the term of the software license. Revenues from term licenses and maintenance agreements were not significant in the periods presented.

Transactional Revenues

We generate a majority of our transactional revenues based on the number of bill-pay transactions that End Users initiate on our digital banking platform, from third-party fees related to End Users utilizing remote deposit products and from fees generated when End Users utilize debit cards integrated with our Helix products. We recognize revenue for transaction services in the month incurred based on actual or estimated transactions.

Services and Other Revenues

Implementation services are required for new digital solutions and other standalone contracts, and there is a significant level of integration and configuration for each customer. Our revenue for implementation services is billed upfront and generally recognized over time on a ratable basis over the customer's term for our hosted application agreements. Implementation services for on-premises agreements are recognized at commencement date. Under certain circumstances, we have determined that these implementation services qualify as a separate performance obligation in certain markets and geographies, and the implementation services for these agreements are recognized over time as services are performed.

Table of Contents

Professional services revenues consist primarily of Integrated Services. Integrated Services revenue is generated from select established customer relationships where we have engaged with the customer for more tailored, premium professional services, resulting in a deeper and ongoing level of engagement with them. Professional services revenues also consist of custom services, core conversion services and other general professional services. These revenues are generally billed and recognized when delivered. Other Revenues also include certain third-party related pass-through fees primarily in our Helix business that are not transactional in nature.

Certain out-of-pocket expenses billed to customers are recorded as revenues rather than an offset to the related expense.

Significant Judgments

Performance Obligations and Standalone Selling Price

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a good or service to the customer and is the unit of accounting. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. We have contracts with customers that often include multiple performance obligations, usually including multiple subscription and implementation services. For these contracts, we account for individual performance obligations that are separately identifiable by allocating the contract's total transaction price to each performance obligation in an amount based on the relative standalone selling price, or SSP, of each distinct good or service in the contract. In determining whether implementation services are distinct from subscription services, we considered various factors including the significant level of integration, interdependency, and interrelation between the implementation and subscription service, as well as the inability of the customer's personnel or other service providers to perform significant portions of the services. We have concluded that the implementation services included in contracts with multiple performance obligations across the majority of our markets and product offerings are not distinct and, as a result, we defer any arrangement fees for implementation services and recognize such amounts over time on a ratable basis as one performance obligation with the underlying subscription revenue for the initial agreement term of the hosted application agreements. We have concluded that for some of our products in certain markets the implementation services included in contracts with multiple performance obligations are distinct and, as a result, we recognize implementation fees on such arrangements over time as services are performed.

The majority of our revenue recognized at a particular point in time is for usage revenue, on-premise software licenses and certain professional services. These services are recognized as the customer obtains control of the asset, as services are performed, or the point the customer obtains control of the software.

Judgment is required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation. A contract's transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. We determine SSP based on overall pricing objectives and strategies, taking into consideration entity-specific factors, including the value of our contracts, historical standalone sales, customer demographics and the numbers and types of users within our contracts.

Variable Consideration

We recognize usage revenue related to End Users accessing our products in excess of contracted amounts and from fees that End Users generate using our solutions. Judgment is required to determine the accounting for these types of revenue. We consider various factors including the degree to which usage is interdependent or interrelated to past services and contractual price per user and their relationship to market terms. We have concluded that our usage revenue relates specifically to the transfer of the service to the customer and is consistent with the allocation objective of Topic 606 when considering all of the performance obligations and payment terms in the contract. Therefore, we recognize usage revenue on a monthly or quarterly basis in accordance with the agreement, as determined and reported. This allocation reflects the amount we expect to receive for the services for the given period.

We sometimes provide credits or incentives to our customers. Known and estimable credits and incentives represent a form of variable consideration, which are estimated at contract inception and generally result in reductions to revenues recognized for a particular contract. These estimates are updated at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available. We believe that there will not be significant changes to our estimates of variable consideration as of December 31, 2025.

Table of Contents

Other Considerations

We evaluate whether we are the principal (i.e., report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., report revenues on a net basis) with respect to the vendor reseller agreements pursuant to which we resell certain third-party solutions along with our solutions. Generally, we report revenues from these types of contracts on a gross basis, meaning the amounts billed to customers are recorded as revenues, and expenses incurred are recorded as cost of revenues. Where we are the principal, we first obtain control of the inputs to the specific good or service and direct their use to create the combined output. Our control is evidenced by our involvement in the integration of the good or service on our platform before it is transferred to our customers and is further supported by us being primarily responsible to our customers and having a level of discretion in establishing pricing. Revenues provided from agreements in which we are an agent are not significant but may increase over time as we expand our relationships with additional third-party solutions.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation consists of restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance-based restricted stock units, and purchase rights under our employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, and is used to compensate employees, directors and consultants. All awards are measured at fair value on grant date and forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

We value RSUs at the closing market price on the date of grant. RSUs typically vest in equal installments over a four-year period and compensation expense is recognized straight-line over the requisite service period.

We value purchase rights under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires inputs including the risk-free interest rate, expected term and expected volatility and we assume no dividend yield. Our ESPP has two six-month offering periods which commence on each June 1 and December 1. We recognize compensation expense straight-line over the withholding period for the ESPP.

We grant performance-based restricted stock units which provide for shares of common stock to be earned based on our total stockholder return, or TSR, performance relative to the TSR performance of specified stock indexes, or TSR PSUs, and previously referred to as Market Stock Units, or MSUs. We value TSR PSUs and MSUs on grant date using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The determination of fair value is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions including the expected volatility and the risk-free interest rate. Our expected volatility at the date of grant is based on the historical volatilities of our stock and peer firms' stocks and the Index over the performance period. We assume no dividend yield and recognize compensation expense ratably over the performance period of the award, as applicable. The number of TSR PSUs and MSUs that vest is based on actual TSR relative to the TSR benchmark as set forth in the award agreement. The minimum percentage that can vest is 0%, with a maximum percentage of 200%. TSR PSUs will vest over a three-year performance period. We recognize compensation expense using the graded attribution method on a straight-line basis over the performance period for each award, as applicable.

We also grant performance-based restricted stock units which provide for shares of common stock to be earned based on our attainment of Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of non-GAAP Revenue relative to a target specified in the applicable agreement, or EBITDA PSUs. We value EBITDA PSUs at the closing market price on the date of grant. The minimum percentage of EBITDA PSUs that can vest is 0%, with a maximum percentage of 200%. The vesting of EBITDA PSUs is conditioned upon the achievement of certain internal targets and will vest over a two-year and three-year performance period. We recognize compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method over the performance period, if it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Adjustments to compensation expense are made each reporting period based on changes in our estimate of the number of EBITDA PSUs that are probable of vesting.

Purchase Price Allocation, Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The purchase price allocation for business combinations and asset acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. We determine whether substantially all the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets. If this threshold is met, the single asset or group of assets, as applicable, is not a business. If it is not met, we determine whether the single asset or group of assets, as applicable, meets the definition of a business.

In connection with our business combinations, we recorded certain intangible assets, including acquired technology, customer relationships, trademarks and non-compete agreements. Amounts allocated to the acquired intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives. We periodically review the estimated useful lives and fair values of our identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances which might result in a diminished fair value or revised useful life.

Table of Contents

The excess purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. We test goodwill for impairment annually in October, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred. Because we operate as a single reporting unit, the impairment test is performed at the consolidated entity level by comparing our estimated fair value to our carrying value. We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit using a "step one" analysis using a fair-value-based approach based on market capitalization to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Determining the fair value of goodwill is subjective in nature and often involves the use of estimates and assumptions including, without limitation, use of estimates of future prices and volumes for our products, capital needs, economic trends and other factors which are inherently difficult to forecast. If actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur impairment charges in a future period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets such as property and equipment, acquired intangible assets, capitalized software development costs and right of use assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows. If the carrying value is not recoverable, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations data for each of the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Revenues (1)	$	794,809	$	696,464	$	624,624
Cost of revenues (2)	365,126		341,983		321,973
Gross profit	429,683		354,481		302,651
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	105,858		105,951		109,522
Research and development	154,330		143,244		137,334
General and administrative	125,513		122,942		110,186
Transaction-related costs	166		—		24
Amortization of acquired intangibles	93		16,979		20,667

Lease and other restructuring charges	3,826		7,628		10,975
Total operating expenses	389,786		396,744		388,708
Income (loss) from operations	39,897		(42,263)		(86,057)
Total other income, net(3)	14,828		11,403		24,235
Income (loss) before income taxes	54,725		(30,860)		(61,822)
Provision for income taxes	(2,717)		(7,676)		(3,562)
Net income (loss)	$	52,008	$	(38,536)	$	(65,384)

______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Includes deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting of zero, zero and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(2) Includes amortization of acquired technology of $21.0 million, $22.0 million and $23.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(3) Includes a gain of $19.9 million related to the early extinguishment of a portion of our convertible notes for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our results of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Revenues (1)	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of revenues (2)	45.9	%	49.1	%	51.5	%
Gross margin	54.1	%	50.9	%	48.5	%
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	13.3	%	15.2	%	17.5	%
Research and development	19.4	%	20.6	%	22.0	%
General and administrative	15.8	%	17.7	%	17.6	%
Transaction-related costs	—	%	—	%	—	%
Amortization of acquired intangibles	—	%	2.4	%	3.3	%

Lease and other restructuring charges	0.5	%	1.1	%	1.8	%
Total operating expenses	49.0	%	57.0	%	62.2	%
Income (loss) from operations	5.0	%	(6.1)	%	(13.8)	%
Total other income, net(3)	1.9	%	1.6	%	3.9	%
Income (loss) before income taxes	6.9	%	(4.4)	%	(9.9)	%
Provision for income taxes	(0.3)	%	(1.1)	%	(0.6)	%
Net income (loss)	6.5	%	(5.5)	%	(10.5)	%

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Includes deferred revenue reduction from purchase accounting of 0.0%, 0.0% and 0.1% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(2) Includes amortization of acquired technology of 2.6%, 3.2% and 3.7% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(3) Includes a gain of 3.2% related to the early extinguishment of a portion of our convertible notes for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Due to rounding, totals may not equal the sum of the line items in the tables above.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

A discussion regarding year-to-year comparisons between the year ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 is presented below. A discussion regarding year-to-year comparisons between the year ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 can be found under Item 7 in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

Revenues

The following table presents our revenues for each of the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,				Change
	2025		2024		$		(%)
Revenues	$	794,809	$	696,464	$	98,345	14.1	%

Revenues increased by $98.3 million, or 14.1%, from $696.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $794.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. This increase in revenue was primarily attributable to a $95.0 million increase in subscription revenue from the sale of additional solutions to new and existing customers and growth in expansions with existing customers, a $2.1 million increase in transactional revenue from usage of our solutions and a $1.2 million increase in services and other revenue.

We have observed improved subscription bookings and associated revenue primarily from our digital banking solutions from both new customers and expansions with existing customers. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, our subscription revenue growth was 17% and 16%, respectively, as compared to the prior year periods, and we expect subscription revenue will continue to increase as a percentage of total revenue.

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues

The following table presents our cost of revenue for each of the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
Cost of revenues	$	365,126		$	341,983		$	23,143	6.8	%
Percentage of revenues	45.9		%	49.1		%

Cost of revenues increased by $23.1 million, or 6.8%, from $342.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $365.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. This increase was primarily attributable to a $13.4 million net increase in third-party public cloud service provider costs and software costs resulting from the increased infrastructure necessary to support growing customer activity and migration to third-party public cloud service providers, a $6.7 million increase from the amortization of capitalized software development and capitalized implementation services, a $2.1 million net increase in personnel costs, a $2.0 million increase in overhead costs and other discretionary expenses and a $1.2 million net increase in third-party costs related to intellectual property included in our solutions and transaction processing costs, partially offset by a $1.3 million decrease as a result of higher capitalized implementation costs and a $1.0 million decrease in amortization of acquired technology that was fully amortized during the year.

We intend to continue to invest in our implementation and customer support teams and third-party partners for intellectual property and transactional processing in our solutions and technology infrastructure to standardize our business processes and drive future efficiency in our implementations, serve our customers and support our growth. We recently completed migration of the computing, storage and processing of our digital banking platform solutions from our third-party data centers to third-party public cloud service providers. As a result, we expect third-party public cloud service provider costs and other similar investments over the long term to increase cost of revenues in absolute dollars as we grow our business, and we expect such expenses to decline as a percentage of revenue, based on cost efficiencies realized in the business, the level and timing of implementation support activities, timing of capitalized software development costs, debit card related pass-through fees and other related costs.

Operating Expenses

The following tables present our operating expenses for each of the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

Sales and Marketing


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
Sales and marketing	$	105,858		$	105,951		$	(93)	(0.1)	%
Percentage of revenues	13.3		%	15.2		%

Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $0.1 million, or 0.1%, from $106.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $105.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in personnel costs, largely from stock-based compensation.

Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of total revenues may change in any given period based on factors such as the addition of newly hired sales professionals, the timing of significant marketing events such as our annual in-person client conference, which we typically hold during the second quarter of each year, and the amount of sales commissions expense amortized. Commissions are generally capitalized and then amortized over the expected period of customer benefit. We anticipate that sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars in the long term as we continue to support our revenue growth and increase marketing spend to attract new customers, retain and grow business with existing customers, build brand awareness, and as we continue to hold various experiences for our current and prospective customers. While sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue may fluctuate on a near-term basis, we expect such expenses to decline as a percentage of our revenues over the long term as our revenues grow and we realize cost efficiencies in the business.

Table of Contents

Research and Development


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
Research and development	$	154,330		$	143,244		$	11,086	7.7	%
Percentage of revenues	19.4		%	20.6		%

Research and development expenses increased by $11.1 million, or 7.7%, from $143.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $154.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. This increase was primarily attributable to a $5.6 million increase in personnel costs as a result of the growth in our research and development organization to support continued enhancements to our solutions, a $3.1 million increase in travel-related and other discretionary expenses, a $2.0 million increase from lower capitalization of software development and implementation services costs and a $0.4 million increase due to an impairment loss related to capitalized software development costs from certain software assets that are no longer expected to be recoverable.

We intend to continue our investments in our software development teams and the associated technology in order to serve our customers and support our growth. We anticipate that research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars in the future as we continue to support and expand our platform and enhance our existing solutions, as we believe existing customers will have an increased focus on maintaining and improving their digital offerings. While research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue may fluctuate on a near-term basis, we expect such expenses to decline as a percentage of our revenues over the long term as our revenues grow and we realize cost efficiencies in the business.

General and Administrative


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
General and administrative	$	125,513		$	122,942		$	2,571	2.1	%
Percentage of revenues	15.8		%	17.7		%

General and administrative expenses increased by $2.6 million, or 2.1%, from $122.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $125.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to a $1.8 million non-recurring legal settlement charge related to certain litigation as discussed in Note 8 - Commitments and Contingencies and a $0.8 million net increase in software and other discretionary expenses.

We expect to continue to incur incremental expenses associated with the growth of our business and compliance requirements associated with operating as a regulated, public company. Over the long term, we anticipate that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to incur both increased external audit fees as well as additional spending to ensure continued regulatory and SOX compliance. We expect such expenses to decline as a percentage of our revenues over the longer term as our revenues grow and we realize cost efficiencies in the business.

Transaction-Related Costs


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
Transaction-related costs	$	166		$	—		$	166	N/A
Percentage of revenues	—		%	—		%

Transaction-related costs were $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and zero for the year ended December 31, 2024. Transaction-related costs are related to various legal and professional expenses incurred in connection with merger and acquisition and divestiture activities.

Table of Contents

Amortization of Acquired Intangibles


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
Amortization of acquired intangibles	$	93		$	16,979		$	(16,886)	(99.5)	%
Percentage of revenues	—		%	2.4		%

Amortization of acquired intangibles decreased by $16.9 million, or 99.5%, from $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The decrease in amortization is related to acquired intangible assets that have been fully amortized.

Lease and Other Restructuring Charges


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
Lease and other restructuring charges	$	3,826		$	7,628		$	(3,802)	(49.8)	%
Percentage of revenues	0.5		%	1.1		%

Lease and other restructuring charges decreased by $3.8 million, or 49.8%, from $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The net decrease in lease and other restructuring charges was primarily from a $2.5 million decrease related to updated assessments and ongoing expenses of previously vacated facilities, including a $1.4 million reversal of a previously accrued lease restructuring liability which was recorded in the year-ended December 31, 2025. The reversal was made in conjunction with the Company's decision during the year to reoccupy a part of a facility lease which it previously vacated for sublease. Additionally, there was a $1.2 million decrease in severance charges associated with restructuring or eliminating certain positions.

Total Other Income, Net


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
Total other income, net	$	14,828		$	11,403		$	3,425	30.0	%
Percentage of revenues	1.9		%	1.6		%

Total other income, net increased by $3.4 million or 30.0% from $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily driven by interest income earned from increased balances in our cash, cash equivalents and investments during the current period, partially offset by expenses associated with the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement.

Provision for Income Taxes


	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2025			2024			$		(%)
Provision for income taxes	$	(2,717)		$	(7,676)		$	4,959	(64.6)	%
Percentage of revenues	(0.3)		%	(1.1)		%

Total provision for income taxes decreased by $5.0 million from $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The decrease in expense was primarily driven by a $2.5 million decrease in state income taxes, a $1.5 million decrease in foreign income taxes and a $1.0 million decrease in federal income taxes.

Table of Contents

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

Our overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, including the timing of investments to grow our business. The timing of our implementation activities and corresponding revenues from new customers are subject to fluctuations based on the timing of our sales, which has historically tended to be lower in the first half of the year. The timing of our implementations also varies period-to-period based on our implementation capacity, the number of solutions purchased by our customers, the size and unique needs of our customers and the readiness of our customers to implement our solutions. General economic conditions and other global events may impact our business and our customers' spending patterns and budget cycles, and these conditions may disrupt any seasonality trends that may otherwise typically be inherent in our historical operating results. Our quarterly results of operations may vary significantly in the future and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future results.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

As of December 31, 2025, our principal sources of liquidity were cash, cash equivalents and investments of $432.7 million. Based upon our current levels of operations, we believe that our cash flow from operations along with our other sources of liquidity, including our ability to access capital markets and available borrowings under our $125.0 million Revolving Credit Agreement, are adequate to meet our cash requirements for the next twelve months, including the repayment of our 2026 Notes upon maturity. We also believe that our longer-term working capital, planned capital expenditures, Repurchase Program and other general corporate funding requirements will be satisfied through cash flows from operations and, to the extent necessary, from our borrowing facilities. However, if we determine a need for additional short-term or long-term liquidity, there is no assurance that such financing, if pursued, would be adequate or available on terms acceptable to us.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	201,461	$	135,751	$	70,292
Investing activities	(4,028)		(21,080)		113,268
Financing activities	(188,972)		13,317		(152,012)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	49		(827)		182
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	8,510	$	127,161	$	31,730

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our cash flows from operating activities are primarily influenced by net income (loss) less non-cash items, the amount and timing of customer receipts and vendor payments and by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and customer base.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, our net cash provided by operating activities was $201.5 million, which consisted of non-cash adjustments of $173.4 million and net income of $52.0 million, partially offset by cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $23.9 million. The primary drivers of cash outflows in operating assets and liabilities were a $27.9 million cash outflow resulting from a gross increase in deferred solution costs primarily from annual commission payments and deferred implementation costs from both new customers and existing customer expansions and a $9.9 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of annual billings, partially offset by a $16.8 million cash inflow resulting from an increase in deferred revenue due to the timing of annual billings and deposits received from customers prior to the recognition of revenue from those related payments. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, amortization of deferred implementation and deferred solution and other costs, amortization of debt issuance costs and deferred income taxes, partially offset by amortization of premiums and discounts on investments.

Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases and maturities of investments, costs incurred for the development of capitalized software and purchases of property and equipment to support our growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, net cash used in investing activities was $4.0 million, consisting of $94.1 million for the purchase of investments, $21.3 million in capitalized software development costs and $6.8 million for the purchase of property and equipment, partially offset by $118.2 million received from the maturities of investments.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our recent financing activities have consisted primarily of activity related to our convertible notes, share repurchases under the Repurchase Program, as well as net proceeds from exercises of stock options, contributions to our ESPP to purchase our common stock and payments for debt issuance costs related to the Revolving Credit Agreement.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, net cash used in financing activities was $189.0 million, consisting of $191.0 million repayment of the 2025 Notes and $5.0 million of share repurchases under the Repurchase Program authorized by the Board of Directors in October 2025, partially offset by $7.0 million of cash received from exercises of stock options and contributions to our ESPP for the purchase of our common stock.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of the 2026 Notes, non-cancelable operating leases primarily related to our facilities, minimum purchase commitments for third-party products, stadium sponsorship costs, commitment fees associated with our Revolving Credit agreement, third-party public cloud service provider fees and other product costs. Our obligations under the 2026 Notes and Revolving Credit Agreement are described in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Information regarding our non-cancellable lease and other purchase commitments as of December 31, 2025 can be found in Notes 10 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies contained in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report, regarding the impact of certain recent accounting pronouncements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument might change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we might enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Interest Rate Risk

We have cash and cash equivalents held primarily in cash and money market funds. In addition, we have marketable securities which typically include U.S. government securities, corporate bonds and commercial paper and certificates of deposit. Cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Marketable securities are held and invested with capital preservation as the primary objective. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Any declines in interest rates will reduce future interest income. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100-basis points would have a material effect on our interest income or the market value of our marketable securities. As of December 31, 2025, we had an outstanding principal amount of $304.0 million of 2026 Notes with a fixed annual interest rate of 0.75%.

Borrowings under our Revolving Credit Agreement bear interest at rates that are variable. To the extent that we draw amounts under the Revolving Credit Agreement, we would be exposed to increased market risk from changes in the underlying index rates, which would affect our interest expense. As of December 31, 2025, there were no amounts drawn on the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

As of December 31, 2025, our most significant currency exposures were the Indian rupee, Mexican peso, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar and British pound. As of December 31, 2025, we had operating subsidiaries in India, Mexico, Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom. Due to the relatively low volume of payments made by us through these foreign subsidiaries, we do not believe we have significant exposure to foreign currency exchange risks. However, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could harm our results of operations in the future.

We currently do not use derivative financial instruments to mitigate foreign currency exchange risks. We will continue to review this matter and may consider hedging certain foreign exchange risks in future years.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a direct material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes set forth on pages F-1 through F-40 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 9. Change in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The term "disclosure controls and procedures," as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act refers to controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to a company's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2025, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 based on the guidelines established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Based on that evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young, LLP, issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page F-4.

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no material changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with management's evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) under the Exchange Act that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2025, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on Controls

Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives as specified above. Management does not expect, however, that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. Further, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our business have been detected.

Item 9B. Other Information.

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

The adoption or termination of contracts, instructions or written plans for the purchase or sale of our securities by our officers and directors for the three months ended December 31, 2025, each of which is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act (a "Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan"), were as follows:

Kirk Coleman, Chief Business Officer, entered into a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan on November 17, 2025. Mr. Coleman's plan provides for the potential sale of up to 224,518 shares of the Company's common stock between February 17, 2026 and February 27, 2027, assuming maximum attainment of applicable performance measures with respect to vesting of performance stock units awarded during the specified period. The actual number of shares to be sold under the 10b5-1 Plan will depend on the achievement of applicable performance conditions under the performance stock units less any shares sold pursuant to mandatory sell-to-cover transactions not covered by the plan related to withholding taxes.

Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangements

In June 2023, the Company adopted a policy pursuant to which any participant in the Company's equity incentive plans whose transactions are subject to Section 16 of the Security Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is required to sell, upon the vesting or settlement of any such award, a portion of the shares subject to the award determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover tax withholding obligations and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to the Company. This mandatory sell-to-cover policy was adopted by the Company as a result of the inability of the Company's captive broker to affect the sell-to-cover transactions pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans.

Except for sales made pursuant to the mandatory sell-to-cover policy described above, during the three months ended December 31, 2025, no director or officer adopted or terminated a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as such term is defined pursuant to Item 408 of Regulation S-K).

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information required by Part III, Item 10, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2026 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.

We have adopted an insider trading policy governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our securities by our directors, officers, and employees that we believe is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and the exchange listing standards applicable to us. A copy of our insider trading policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Information required by Part III, Item 11, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2026 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information required by Part III, Item 12, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2026 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information required by Part III, Item 13, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2026 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Information required by Part III, Item 14, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2026 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Documents Filed with Report

(1) Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-5

Consolidated Statements of C o mprehensive Income (Loss)

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules required by this item have been omitted since they are either not required or not applicable or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein or the notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits.

The information required by this Item is set forth on the exhibit index that precedes the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index


			Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number		Description	Form	Filing No.	Filing Date	Exhibit No.	Filed / Furnished Herewith
3.1		Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant	8-K	001-36350	6/12/2019	3.1

3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant	8-K	001-36350	6/12/2019	3.2

4.1		Indenture, dated June 10, 2019 between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee	8-K	001-36350	6/11/2019	4.1

4.2		Form of Global Note, dated June 10, 2019 between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee	8-K	001-36350	6/11/2019	4.2

4.3		Description of Registrant Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act					*

10.1		Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers	S-1/A	333- 193911	2/25/2014	10.1

10.2.1		Lease Agreement, dated July 18, 2014, by and among Q2 Software, Inc. and CREF Aspen Lake Building II, LLC	8-K	001-36350	7/23/2014	10.1

10.2.2		First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated May 1, 2015, by and among Q2 Software, Inc. and CREF Aspen Lake Building II, LLC	8-K	001-36350	5/4/2015	10.1

10.2.3		Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated February 3, 2016, by and among Q2 Software, Inc. and CREF Aspen Lake Building II, LLC	10-Q	001-36350	5/10/2016	10.1

10.3		Lease Agreement, dated December 18, 2019, by and among Q2 Software, Inc. and Aspen Lake Building Three, LLC	8-K	001-36350	12/20/2019	10.1

10.4	†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 23, 2021, by and among the Registrant and Matthew P. Flake	8-K	001-36350	9/24/2021	10.1

10.5	†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 6, 2025, by and among the Registrant and John E. Breeden					*

10.6	†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 6, 2025, by and among the Registrant and Himagiri Mukkamala	8-K	001-36350	11/5/2025	10.1

10.7 .1	†	2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder	S-1/A	333- 193911	3/6/2014	10.9

10.7 .2	†	Forms of Restricted Stock Units Agreements under the Registrant's 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.	10-Q	001-36350	11/10/2014	10.2

10.7 .3	†	Form of Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Remote Executive Officers under Registrant's 2014 Equity Incentive Plan	10-Q	001-36350	11/6/2015	10.3

10.7.4	†	Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement under the Registrant's 2014 Equity Incentive Plan	8-K	001-36350	3/8/2023	10.1

10.8	†	2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan	S-1/A	333- 193911	3/6/2014	10.1

10.9	†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 8, 2024, by and among the Registrant and Jonathan A. Price	10-K	001-36350	2/12/2025	10.11

10.1 0		Purchase Agreement, dated June 5, 2019 by and among the Registrant, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and BMO Capital Markets Corp., as representatives of the several initial purchasers named therein	8-K	001-36350	6/6/2019	10.1

10.1 1		Form of Capped Call Confirmation	8-K	001-36350	6/6/2019	10.2

10.1 2	†	Executive Incentive Compensation Plan	8-K	001-36350	6/15/2020	10.1

10.1 3	†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 6, 2025, by and among the Registrant and Kirk L. Coleman					*

10.1 4 .1	†	2023 Equity Incentive Plan	8-K	001-36350	6/6/2023	10.1

10.1 4 .2	†	Forms of award agreements under 2023 Equity Incentive Plan	10-K	001-36350	2/12/2025	10.19.2

Table of Contents

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

Description

Form

Filing No.

Filing Date

Exhibit No.

Filed / Furnished Herewith

10.1 5

Credit Agreement, dated July 29, 2024, by and among Q2 Holdings, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Texas Capital Bank

8-K

001-36350

7/31/2024

10.1

19.1

Q2 Holdings, Inc. Insider Trading Policy

10-K

001-36350

2/12/2025

19.1

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

24.1

Power of Attorney (see the signature pages to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

31.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(b) and 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required under Rule 13a-14(b) and 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

97.1

†

Q2 Holdings, Inc. Policy on Recovery of Incentive Compensation

10-K

001-36350

2/21/2024

97.1

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Label Linkbase.

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

* Filed herewith

# Furnished herewith

† Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

February 11, 2026

By:

/s/ MATTHEW P. FLAKE

Matthew P. Flake

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Matthew P. Flake, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/ MATTHEW P. FLAKE

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chairman

February 11, 2026

Matthew P. Flake

/s/ JONATHAN A. PRICE

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 11, 2026

Jonathan A. Price

/s/ R. LYNN ATCHISON

Director

February 11, 2026

R. Lynn Atchison

/s/ ANDRE L. MINTZ

Director

February 11, 2026

Andre L. Mintz

/s/ LYNN A. TYSON

Director

February 11, 2026

Lynn A. Tyson

/s/ STEPHEN C. HOOLEY

Director

February 11, 2026

Stephen C. Hooley

/s/ JAMES R. OFFERDAHL

Director

February 11, 2026

James R. Offerdahl

/s/ MARGARET L. TAYLOR

Director

February 11, 2026

Margaret L. Taylor

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


			Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)			F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting			F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 202 5 and 20 24			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Los s) for the Years Ended December 31, 202 5 , 202 4 and 20 23			F-6
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 202 5 , 202 4 and 20 23			F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 202 5 , 202 4 and 2 023			F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-9

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Q2 Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Q2 Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 11, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.


						Accounting for Revenue Recognition
Description of the Matter						As described in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company's revenue-generating activities are directly related to the sale, implementation and support of the Company's solutions. The Company derives the majority of its revenues from subscription fees for the use of its hosted solutions, transactional revenue from bill-pay solutions and remote deposit products, revenues for professional services and implementation services related to the Company's solutions and certain third-party related pass-through fees. The Company's revenue recognition process involves several information technology (IT) applications responsible for the initiation, processing, and recording of transactions from the Company's various customers, and the calculation of revenue in accordance with the Company's accounting policy. Auditing the Company's accounting for revenue recognition was complex due to the dependency on the effective design and operation of multiple IT applications, some of which are specifically designed for the Company's business and the use of multiple data sources in the revenue recognition process.

F-2


How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit						We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of internal controls over the Company's accounting for revenue from contracts with customers. For example, with the assistance of IT professionals, we tested the controls over the initiation and billing of new and recurring subscriptions and when control of the subscription performance obligation was transferred to the customer, which is referred to as the "go-live" date. We also tested the controls related to the key application interfaces between the provisioning, billing, and accounting systems, which included controls related to access to the relevant applications and data and changes to the relevant systems and interfaces, as well as controls over the configuration of the relevant applications. To test the Company's accounting for revenue from contracts with customers, we performed substantive audit procedures that included, among others, testing on a sample basis the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data within the Company's billing system, performing data analytics by extracting data from the system to evaluate the completeness and accuracy of recorded revenue and deferred revenue amounts, tracing a sample of cash receipts to supporting journal entries, and testing the appropriate commencement of subscription revenue recognition on the "go-live" date.


			/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2013.
Austin, Texas
February 11, 2026

F-3

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Q2 Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Q2 Holdings, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Q2 Holdings, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and our report dated February 11, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


			/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Austin, Texas
February 11, 2026

F-4

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)


	December 31,
	2025		2024
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	367,631	$	358,560
Restricted cash	1,672		2,233
Investments	65,064		88,066
Accounts receivable, net	51,716		42,084
Contract assets, current portion, net	8,596		7,888
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	28,234		23,512
Deferred solution and other costs, current portion	22,631		26,611
Deferred implementation costs, current portion	10,508		9,706
Total current assets	556,052		558,660
Property and equipment, net	27,783		31,528
Right of use assets	27,188		30,402
Deferred solution and other costs, net of current portion	27,827		28,116
Deferred implementation costs, net of current portion	28,929		26,408
Intangible assets, net	78,377		94,633
Goodwill	512,869		512,869
Contract assets, net of current portion and allowance	14,103		9,483
Other long-term assets	3,149		2,696
Total assets	$	1,276,277	$	1,294,795
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	20,473	$	9,354
Accrued liabilities	24,572		18,239
Accrued compensation	31,754		32,949
Convertible notes, current portion	303,368		190,331
Deferred revenues, current portion	155,003		137,700
Lease liabilities, current portion	8,915		10,327
Total current liabilities	544,085		398,900
Convertible notes, net of current portion	—		302,115
Deferred revenues, net of current portion	26,826		27,281

Lease liabilities, net of current portion	33,832		38,346
Other long-term liabilities	9,723		10,357
Total liabilities	614,466		776,999
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock: $0.0001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024	—		—
Common stock: $0.0001 par value; 150,000 shares authorized, 62,741 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025, and 60,728 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024	6		6

Additional paid-in capital	1,275,980		1,183,893
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(1,953)		(1,873)
Accumulated deficit	(612,222)		(664,230)
Total stockholders' equity	661,811		517,796
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	1,276,277	$	1,294,795

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except per share data)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Revenues	$	794,809	$	696,464	$	624,624
Cost of revenues	365,126		341,983		321,973
Gross profit	429,683		354,481		302,651
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	105,858		105,951		109,522
Research and development	154,330		143,244		137,334
General and administrative	125,513		122,942		110,186
Transaction-related costs	166		—		24
Amortization of acquired intangibles	93		16,979		20,667

Lease and other restructuring charges	3,826		7,628		10,975
Total operating expenses	389,786		396,744		388,708
Income (loss) from operations	39,897		(42,263)		(86,057)
Other income (expense):
Interest and other income	20,237		16,342		10,098
Interest and other expense	(5,409)		(4,939)		(5,732)
Gain on extinguishment of debt	—		—		19,869
Total other income, net	14,828		11,403		24,235
Income (loss) before income taxes	54,725		(30,860)		(61,822)
Provision for income taxes	(2,717)		(7,676)		(3,562)
Net income (loss)	52,008		(38,536)		(65,384)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments	(36)		392		1,800
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(44)		(1,154)		61
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	51,928	$	(39,298)	$	(63,523)
Net income (loss) per common share
Basic	$	0.84	$	(0.64)	$	(1.12)
Diluted	$	0.80	$	(0.64)	$	(1.12)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic	62,156		60,105		58,354
Diluted	65,118		60,105		58,354

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Total stockholders' equity, beginning balances	$	517,796	$	448,479	$	419,024

Common stock and additional paid-in capital:
Beginning balances	1,183,899		1,075,284		982,306
Stock-based compensation expense	90,059		94,356		84,442
Exercise of stock options	547		8,404		2,297
Issuance of common stock under ESPP	6,481		5,855		6,100
Repurchase of common shares	(5,000)		—		—







Settlement of capped calls	—		—		139
Ending balances	1,275,986		1,183,899		1,075,284

Accumulated deficit:
Beginning balances	(664,230)		(625,694)		(560,310)

Net income (loss)	52,008		(38,536)		(65,384)
Ending balances	(612,222)		(664,230)		(625,694)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Beginning balances	(1,873)		(1,111)		(2,972)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(80)		(762)		1,861
Ending balances	(1,953)		(1,873)		(1,111)

Total stockholders' equity, ending balances	$	661,811	$	517,796	$	448,479

Common stock (in shares):
Beginning balances	60,728		59,031		57,735
Exercise of stock options	12		234		74
Issuance of common stock under ESPP	95		150		255

Repurchase of common shares	(69)		—		—
Shares issued for the vesting of restricted stock awards	1,975		1,313		967


Ending balances	62,741		60,728		59,031

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	52,008	$	(38,536)	$	(65,384)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities:
Amortization of deferred implementation, solution and other costs	30,086		27,038		25,848
Depreciation and amortization	53,424		68,809		71,707
Amortization of debt issuance costs	2,111		2,059		2,104

Amortization of premiums and discounts on investments	(1,098)		(1,273)		(3,192)
Stock-based compensation expense	86,949		89,215		79,188
Deferred income taxes	1,236		2,106		636
Gain on extinguishment of debt	—		—		(19,312)

Lease impairments	(43)		1,669		4,075
Other non-cash items	696		(490)		311
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net	(9,936)		906		4,090
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(3,344)		(12,000)		(787)
Deferred solution and other costs	(9,750)		(14,202)		(17,412)
Deferred implementation costs	(18,158)		(17,663)		(14,954)
Contract assets, net	(5,327)		4,030		3,693
Other long-term assets	5,246		7,282		5,576
Accounts payable	8,581		(9,788)		9,353
Accrued liabilities	1,851		5,968		(492)
Deferred revenues	16,840		28,918		(3,092)
Deferred rent and other long-term liabilities	(9,911)		(8,297)		(11,664)
Net cash provided by operating activities	201,461		135,751		70,292
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of investments	(94,103)		(95,788)		(76,865)
Maturities of investments	118,168		103,739		220,776
Purchases of property and equipment	(6,810)		(6,692)		(5,673)
Capitalized software development costs	(21,283)		(22,339)		(24,970)


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(4,028)		(21,080)		113,268
Cash flows from financing activities:


Repurchases of common shares	(5,000)		—		—
Payment for maturity of convertible notes	(191,000)		—		(10,908)

Payment for repurchases of convertible notes	—		—		(149,640)






Proceeds from capped calls related to convertible notes	—		—		139
Debt issuance costs related to revolving credit agreement	—		(942)		—
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and ESPP	7,028		14,259		8,397
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(188,972)		13,317		(152,012)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	49		(827)		182
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	8,510		127,161		31,730
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period	360,793		233,632		201,902
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period	$	369,303	$	360,793	$	233,632
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid for interest	$	2,845	$	2,680	$	2,651


Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

Stock-based compensation for capitalized software development	$	1,911	$	2,882	$	3,149

Property and equipment acquired and included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	4,936	$	341	$	478
Property and equipment acquired through tenant improvement allowance	$	—	$	615	$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

1. Organization and Description of Business

Q2 Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, collectively the Company or Q2, is a leading provider of digital solutions to financial institutions, financial technology companies, or FinTechs, and alternative finance companies, or Alt-FIs, seeking to incorporate banking into their customer engagement and servicing strategies. The Company's solutions transform the ways in which financial institutions and other financial services providers engage with account holders and retail and commercial end users, or End Users, enabling them to deliver robust suites of digital banking, digital lending and relationship pricing, risk and fraud solutions and banking-as-a-service, or BaaS, services that make it possible for account holders and End Users to transact and engage anytime, anywhere and on any device. The Company delivers its solutions to the substantial majority of its customers using a software-as-a-service, or SaaS, model under which its customers pay subscription fees for the use of the Company's solutions. The Company was incorporated in Delaware in March 2005 and is a holding company that owns 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Q2 Software, Inc. The Company's headquarters are located in Austin, Texas.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, and Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, requirements. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Q2 Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Significant items subject to such estimates include: revenue recognition; estimate of credit losses; fair value of certain stock awards issued; the carrying value of goodwill; the fair value of acquired intangibles; the useful lives of property and equipment and long-lived intangible assets; the impairment assessment of long-lived assets; and income taxes. In accordance with GAAP, management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors; however, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments acquired with an original maturity of ninety days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost or fair value based on the underlying security.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of deposits held as collateral for the Company's secured letters of credit or bank guarantees issued in place of security deposits for the Company's corporate headquarters and various other leases and deposits held by the Company on behalf of its medical insurance carrier reserved for the use of claim payments.

Investments

Investments typically include U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, money market funds and other equity investments. All debt investments are considered available for sale and are carried at fair value. Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value, where the Company has no influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee, are recorded at cost, less impairment and adjusted for subsequent observable price changes obtained from orderly transactions for identical or similar investments issued by the same investee. Adjustments resulting from impairment, fair value or observable price changes are accounted for in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

F-9

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, investments, accounts receivable and contract assets. The Company's cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and investments are placed with high credit quality financial institutions and issuers, and at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any loss relating to cash and cash equivalents or restricted cash in these accounts. The Company provides credit, in the normal course of business, to a majority of its customers. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable, net, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Contract Assets and Deferred Revenue

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections can result in billed accounts receivable, unbilled receivables, contract assets, and deferred revenues or contract liabilities. Billings scheduled to occur after the performance obligation has been satisfied and revenue recognition has occurred result in contract assets. Contract assets that are expected to be billed during the succeeding twelve-month period are recorded in contract assets, current portion, and the remaining portion is recorded in contract assets, net of current portion on the consolidated balance sheets at the end of each reporting period.

Contract liabilities, or deferred revenues, primarily consist of amounts that have been billed to or received from customers in advance of revenue recognition and prepayments or deposits received from customers in advance for implementation, maintenance and other services, as well as subscription fees. Customer prepayments are generally applied against invoices issued to customers when services are performed and billed. The Company recognizes deferred revenues as revenues when the services are performed and the corresponding revenue recognition criteria are met. Contract liabilities that are expected to be recognized as revenues during the succeeding twelve-month period are recorded in deferred revenues, current portion, and the remaining portion is recorded in deferred revenues, net of current portion, on the consolidated balance sheets at the end of each reporting period.

The Company's payment terms vary by the type and location of its customer and the products or services offered. The period of time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. For certain products or services and customer types, the Company requires payment before the products or services are delivered to the customer.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are stated at net realizable value, including both billed and unbilled receivables to customers. Unbilled receivable balances arise primarily when the Company provides services in advance of billing for those services. Generally, billing for revenues related to the number of End Users and the number of transactions processed by the customers' End Users that are included in the customers' minimum subscription fee occurs in the month the revenue is recognized, resulting in accounts receivable. Billing for revenues relating to the number of End Users and the number of transactions processed by the End Users that are in excess of the customers' minimum subscription fees are, generally, billed in the month following the month the revenues were earned, resulting in an unbilled receivable. Unbilled receivables of $8.2 million and $7.7 million were included in the accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Deferred Implementation Costs

The Company capitalizes certain personnel and other costs, such as employee salaries, stock-based compensation, benefits and the associated payroll taxes that are identifiable and directly related to the implementation of its solutions. The Company analyzes implementation costs that may be capitalized to assess their recoverability and only capitalizes costs that it anticipates being recoverable through the terms of the associated contract. The Company begins amortizing the deferred implementation costs for an implementation to cost of revenues once the revenue recognition criteria have been met, and the Company amortizes those deferred implementation costs ratably over the expected period of customer benefit. The Company has determined this period to be the estimated life of the technology for new contracts, which is estimated to be five to seven years, or over the term of the agreement for contract renewals and customer expansions. The Company determined the period of benefit by considering factors such as historically high renewal rates with similar customers and contracts, initial contract length, an expectation that there will still be a demand for the product at the end of its term and the significant costs to switch to a competitor's product, all of which are governed by the estimated useful life of the technology. The Company monitors deferred implementation costs for impairment and records impairment when customers terminate or allow services to lapse due

F-10

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

to contract modifications and/or from other assessments as needed. Any impairment losses identified are recognized in the form of an expense acceleration with the applicable amount recorded to deferred implementation costs, current portion and/or deferred implementation costs, net of current portion on the consolidated balance sheets and in cost of revenues in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

The portion of deferred implementation costs expected to be amortized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded in current assets as deferred implementation costs, current portion, and the remainder is recorded in long-term assets as deferred implementation costs, net of current portion on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognized $16.0 million, $14.0 million and $13.4 million of amortization during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Amortization expense is included in cost of revenues in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Deferred Solution and Other Costs

The Company capitalizes sales commissions and other third-party costs such as third-party licenses and maintenance related to its customer agreements. The Company capitalizes sales commissions and related bonuses paid to sales personnel and their direct managers because the commission payments are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Substantially all commissions are paid in a single payment once the contract has been executed. The Company begins amortizing deferred solution and other costs for a particular customer agreement once the revenue recognition criteria are met and amortizes those deferred costs over the expected period of customer benefit. The Company has determined this period to be the estimated life of the technology for new contracts, which is estimated to be five to seven years, or over the term of the agreement for contract renewals and customer expansions. The Company determined the period of benefit by considering factors such as historically high renewal rates with similar customers and contracts, initial contract length, an expectation that there will still be a demand for the product at the end of its term and the significant costs to switch to a competitor's product, all of which are governed by the estimated useful life of the technology. The Company monitors deferred solution and other costs for impairment and records impairment when customers terminate or allow services to lapse due to contract modifications and/or from other assessments as needed. Any impairment losses identified related to commissions or third-party costs are recognized in the form of an expense acceleration with the applicable amount recorded to deferred solution and other costs, current portion and/or deferred solution and other costs, net of current portion on the consolidated balance sheets and in sales and marketing expenses or cost of revenues, respectively, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

The Company capitalizes solution and other costs that it anticipates being recoverable. The portion of capitalized costs expected to be amortized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded in current assets as deferred solution and other costs, current portion, and the remainder is recorded in long-term assets as deferred solution and other costs, net of current portion. The Company recognized $14.1 million, $13.0 million and $12.5 million of amortization from sales commissions during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Amortization expense related to sales commissions is included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life of or improve an asset are expensed in the period incurred.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:


Computer hardware and equipment						3 - 5 years
Purchased software and licenses						3 - 5 years
Furniture and fixtures						7 years
Leasehold improvements						Lesser of estimated useful life or lease term

F-11

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Purchase Price Allocation, Intangible Assets, and Goodwill

The purchase price allocation for business combinations and asset acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. The Company determines whether substantially all the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets. If this threshold is met, the single asset or group of assets, as applicable, is not a business. If it is not met, the Company determines whether the single asset or group of assets, as applicable, meets the definition of a business.

In connection with its business combinations, the Company recorded certain intangible assets, including acquired technology, customer relationships, trademarks, and non-compete agreements. Amounts allocated to the acquired intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives. The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives and fair values of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances which might result in a diminished fair value or revised useful life.

The excess purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually in October, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred. Because the Company operates as a single reporting unit, the impairment test is performed at the consolidated entity level by comparing the estimated fair value of the Company to the carrying value of the Company. The Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit using a "step one" analysis using a fair-value-based approach based on market capitalization to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Determining the fair value of goodwill is subjective in nature and often involves the use of estimates and assumptions including, without limitation, use of estimates of future prices and volumes for the Company's products, capital needs, economic trends and other factors which are inherently difficult to forecast. If actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, the Company could incur impairment charges in a future period.

Revenues

Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the Company's customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services over the term of the agreement, generally when the Company's solutions are implemented and made available to its customers. The promised consideration may include fixed amounts, variable amounts or both. Revenues are recognized net of sales credits and allowances.

Revenue-generating activities are directly related to the sale, implementation and support of the Company's solutions within a single operating segment. The Company derives the majority of its revenues from subscription fees for the use of its hosted solutions, transactional revenue from bill-pay solutions and remote deposit products, revenues for professional services and implementation services related to its solutions and certain third-party related pass-through fees.

Subscription Revenues

The Company's software solutions are available for use as hosted application arrangements under subscription fee agreements without licensing rights to the software. Subscription fees from these applications, including contractual periodic price increases, are recognized over time on a ratable basis over the customer agreement term beginning on the date the Company's solution is made available to the customer. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenues or revenues, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Periodic price increases are estimated at contract inception where appropriate and result in contract assets as revenue recognition may exceed the amount billed early in the contract. Additional fees for monthly usage above the levels included in the standard subscription fee are recognized as revenue in the month when the usage amounts are determined and reported.

F-12

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

A small portion of the Company's customers host and manage the Company's solutions on-premises or in third-party data centers under term license and maintenance agreements. Term licenses sold with maintenance entitle the customer to technical support, upgrades and updates to the software on a when-and-if-available basis. For these customers, the Company recognizes software license revenue once the customer obtains control of the license, which generally occurs at the start of each license term and recognizes the remaining arrangement consideration for maintenance revenue over time on a ratable basis over the term of the software license. Revenues from term licenses and maintenance agreements were not significant in the periods presented.

Transactional Revenues

The Company generates a majority of its transactional revenues based on the number of bill-pay transactions that End Users initiate on its digital banking platform, from third-party fees related to End Users utilizing remote deposit products and from fees generated when End Users utilize debit cards integrated with its Helix products. The Company recognizes revenue for transaction services in the month incurred based on actual or estimated transactions.

Services and Other Revenues

Implementation services are required for new digital solutions and other standalone contracts, and there is a significant level of integration and configuration for each customer. The Company's revenue for implementation services is billed upfront and generally recognized over time on a ratable basis over the customer's term for its hosted application agreements. Implementation services for on-premises agreements are recognized at commencement date. Under certain circumstances, the Company has determined that these implementation services qualify as a separate performance obligation in certain markets and geographies, and the implementation services for these agreements are recognized over time as services are performed.

Professional services revenues consist primarily of Integrated Services. Integrated Services revenue is generated from select established customer relationships where the Company has engaged with the customer for more tailored, premium professional services, resulting in a deeper and ongoing level of engagement with them. Professional services revenues also consist of custom services, core conversion services and other general professional services. These revenues are generally billed and recognized when delivered. Other Revenues also include certain third-party related pass-through fees primarily in its Helix business that are not transactional in nature.

Certain out-of-pocket expenses billed to customers are recorded as revenues rather than an offset to the related expense.

Significant Judgments

Performance Obligations and Standalone Selling Price

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of accounting. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. The Company has contracts with customers that often include multiple performance obligations, usually including multiple subscription and implementation services. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations that are separately identifiable by allocating the contract's total transaction price to each performance obligation in an amount based on the relative standalone selling price, or SSP, of each distinct good or service in the contract. In determining whether implementation services are distinct from subscription services, the Company considers various factors including the significant level of integration, interdependency, and interrelation between the implementation and subscription service, as well as the inability of the customer's personnel or other service providers to perform significant portions of the services. The Company has concluded that the implementation services included in contracts with multiple performance obligations across the majority of its markets and product offerings are not distinct and, as a result, the Company defers any arrangement fees for implementation services and recognizes such amounts over time on a ratable basis as one performance obligation with the underlying subscription revenue for the initial agreement term of the hosted application agreements. The Company has concluded that for some of its products in certain markets the implementation services included in contracts with multiple performance obligations are distinct and, as a result, the Company recognizes implementation fees on such arrangements over time as services are performed.

The majority of the Company's revenue recognized at a particular point in time is for usage revenue, on-premise software licenses and certain professional services. These services are recognized as the customer obtains control of the asset, as services are performed, or the point the customer obtains control of the software.

F-13

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Judgment is required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation. A contract's transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The Company determines SSP based on overall pricing objectives and strategies, taking into consideration entity-specific factors, including the value of its contracts, historical standalone sales, customer demographics and the numbers and types of users within its contracts.

Variable Consideration

The Company recognizes usage revenue related to End Users accessing its products in excess of contracted amounts and from fees that End Users generate using the Company's solutions. Judgment is required to determine the accounting for these types of revenue. The Company considers various factors including the degree to which usage is interdependent or interrelated to past services and contractual price per user and their relationship to market terms. The Company has concluded that its usage revenue relates specifically to the transfer of the service to the customer and is consistent with the allocation objective of Topic 606 when considering all of the performance obligations and payment terms in the contract. Therefore, the Company recognizes usage revenue on a monthly or quarterly basis in accordance with the agreement, as determined and reported. This allocation reflects the amount the Company expects to receive for the services for the given period.

The Company sometimes provides credits or incentives to its customers. Known and estimable credits and incentives represent a form of variable consideration, which are estimated at contract inception and generally result in reductions to revenues recognized for a particular contract. These estimates are updated at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available. The Company believes that there will not be significant changes to its estimates of variable consideration as of December 31, 2025.

Other Considerations

The Company evaluates whether it is the principal (i.e., reports revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., reports revenues on a net basis) with respect to the vendor reseller agreements pursuant to which the Company resells certain third-party solutions along with its solutions. Generally, the Company reports revenues from these types of contracts on a gross basis, meaning the amounts billed to customers are recorded as revenues, and expenses incurred are recorded as cost of revenues. Where the Company is the principal, it first obtains control of the inputs to the specific good or service and directs their use to create the combined output. The Company's control is evidenced by its involvement in the integration of the good or service on its platform before it is transferred to its customers and is further supported by the Company being primarily responsible to its customers and having a level of discretion in establishing pricing. Revenues provided from agreements in which the Company is an agent are not significant but may increase over time as we expand our relationships with additional third-party solutions.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues is comprised primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including employee benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, for employees providing services to the Company's customers. This includes the costs of the Company's personnel performing implementations and customer support. Cost of revenues also includes third-party public cloud service providers, the direct costs of bill-pay and other third-party intellectual property included in the Company's solutions, the amortization of deferred solution and services costs, amortization of certain software development costs, co-location facility costs and depreciation of the Company's data center assets, debit card related pass-through fees, an allocation of general overhead costs, the amortization of acquired technology intangibles and referral fees. The Company allocates general overhead expenses to all departments based on the number of employees in each department, which the Company considers to be a fair and representative means of allocation.

The Company capitalizes certain personnel costs directly related to the implementation of its solutions to the extent those costs are recoverable from future revenues. The Company amortizes the capitalized implementation costs once revenue recognition commences, and the Company amortizes those implementation costs to cost of revenues over the expected period of customer benefit, which has been determined to be the estimated life of the technology. Other costs not directly recoverable from future revenues are expensed in the period incurred. The Company also amortizes the costs capitalized for software development, as described in the next section, to cost of revenues, when products and enhancements are released or made available over the products' estimated economic lives.

F-14

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Software Development Costs

During the application development stage, the Company capitalizes certain development costs associated with internal use software and the Company's SaaS platform. Software development costs include salaries and other personnel-related costs for those employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to developing the Company's software solutions, including employee benefits, stock-based compensation and bonuses attributed to software engineers, quality control teams and third-party development costs. Capitalized software development costs are computed on an individual product basis. The Company also capitalizes certain costs related to specific enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional features and functionality. Capitalization ceases for products and enhancements when released or made available. Software development costs for internal-use software are generally amortized to cost of revenues when products and enhancements are released or made available over the products' estimated economic lives, which are expected to be five years. The costs related to software development are included in intangible assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses include salaries and personnel-related costs, including employee benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, third-party contractor expenses, software development costs, allocated overhead and other related expenses incurred in developing new solutions and enhancing existing solutions.

Certain research and development costs that are related to the Company's software development, which include salaries and other personnel-related costs, comprised of employee benefits, stock-based compensation and bonuses attributed to programmers, software engineers and quality control teams working on the Company's software solutions, are capitalized and included in intangible assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising

Advertising costs of the Company are generally expensed the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs were $4.6 million, $4.3 million and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company entered into a long-term stadium sponsorship agreement in 2020, and beginning in the second quarter of 2021, payments under this arrangement are deferred and expensed as advertising costs on a straight-line basis over the term of the arrangement.

Sales Tax

The Company presents sales taxes and other taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis and, as such, excludes them from revenues.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) as well as other changes in stockholders' equity that result from transactions and economic events other than those with stockholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss), unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments, and foreign currency translation adjustments.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company values RSUs at the closing market price on the date of grant. RSUs typically vest in equal installments over a four-year period and compensation expense is recognized straight-line over the requisite service period.

The Company values purchase rights under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires inputs including the risk-free interest rate, expected term and expected volatility and the Company assumes no dividend yield. The Company's ESPP has two six-month offering periods which commence on each June 1 and December 1. The Company recognizes compensation expense straight-line over the withholding period for the ESPP.

F-15

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The Company grants performance-based restricted stock units which provide for shares of common stock to be earned based on its total stockholder return, or TSR, performance relative to the TSR performance of specified stock indexes, or TSR PSUs, and previously referred to as Market Stock Units, or MSUs. The Company values TSR PSUs and MSUs on grant date using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The determination of fair value is affected by the Company's stock price and a number of assumptions including the expected volatility and the risk-free interest rate. The Company's expected volatility at the date of grant is based on the historical volatilities of its stock and peer firms' stocks and the Index over the performance period. The Company assumes no dividend yield and recognizes compensation expense ratably over the performance period of the award, as applicable. The number of TSR PSUs and MSUs that vest is based on actual TSR relative to the TSR benchmark as set forth in the award agreement. The minimum percentage that can vest is 0%, with a maximum percentage of 200%. TSR PSUs will vest over a three-year performance period. The Company recognizes compensation expense using the graded attribution method on a straight-line basis over the performance period for each award, as applicable.

The Company also grants performance-based restricted stock units which provide for shares of common stock to be earned based on its attainment of Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of non-GAAP Revenue relative to a target specified in the applicable agreement, or EBITDA PSUs. The Company values EBITDA PSUs at the closing market price on the date of grant. The minimum percentage of EBITDA PSUs that can vest is 0%, with a maximum percentage of 200%. The vesting of EBITDA PSUs is conditioned upon the achievement of certain internal targets and will vest over a two-year and three-year performance period. The Company recognizes compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method over the performance period, if it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Adjustments to compensation expense are made each reporting period based on changes in our estimate of the number of EBITDA PSUs that are probable of vesting.

Share Repurchases

The Company retires all shares repurchased pursuant to its approved share repurchase program, or the Repurchase Program. The Company records the share purchase price of shares repurchased as a reduction of additional paid-in capital on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.

Convertible Senior Notes

The Company accounts for its convertible notes as a liability at face value less unamortized debt issuance costs. Debt issuance costs are amortized to interest expense over the respective term of its convertible notes on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method.

Leases

The Company determines if a contract contains a lease for accounting purposes at the inception of the arrangement. The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient which allows the Company to account for lease and non-lease components of a contract as a single leasing arrangement. In addition, the Company has elected the practical expedients related to lease classification and the short-term lease exemption, whereby leases with initial terms of one year or less are not capitalized and instead expensed generally on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company is primarily a lessee with a lease portfolio comprised mainly of real estate and equipment leases. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had no finance leases.

Operating lease assets are included on the Company's consolidated balance sheets in non-current assets as a right of use asset and represent the Company's right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Operating lease liabilities are included on the Company's consolidated balance sheets in lease liabilities, current portion, for the portion that is due within 12 months and in lease liabilities, net of current portion, for the portion that is due beyond 12 months of the financial statement date and represent the Company's obligation to make lease payments.

F-16

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Right of use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term using an appropriate discount rate. If an implicit rate is not readily determined by the Company's leases, the Company utilizes the incremental borrowing rate based on the available information at the commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. The depreciable lives of the underlying leased assets are generally limited to the expected lease term inclusive of any optional lease renewals where the Company concludes at the inception of the lease that the Company is reasonably certain of exercising those options. The right of use asset calculation may also include any initial direct costs paid and is reduced by any lease incentives provided by the lessor. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except for impaired leases for which the lease expense is recognized on a declining basis over the remaining lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets such as property and equipment, acquired intangible assets, capitalized software development costs and right of use assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows. If the carrying value is not recoverable, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided for the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases and operating loss carryforwards and credits using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized and recognizes a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. This assessment requires judgment as to the likelihood and amounts of future taxable income by tax jurisdiction. To date, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against most of its deferred tax assets as it believes the objective and verifiable evidence of its historical pretax net losses outweighs any positive evidence of its forecasted future results. The Company will continue to monitor the positive and negative evidence, and it will adjust the valuation allowance as sufficient objective positive evidence becomes available.

The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit or expense taken by the Company in its tax filings or positions is more likely than not to be realized. The Company believes it has accrued adequate reserves related to its uncertain tax positions; however, ultimate determination of the Company's liability is subject to audit by taxing authorities in the ordinary course of business. The Company records interest and penalties associated with any uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.

F-17

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

The following table sets forth the computations of net income (loss) per share for the periods listed:


	Year ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Basic net income (loss) per share
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	52,008	$	(38,536)	$	(65,384)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic	62,156		60,105		58,354
Net income (loss) per common share, basic	$	0.84	$	(0.64)	$	(1.12)

Diluted net income (loss) per share
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	52,008	$	(38,536)	$	(65,384)


Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic	62,156		60,105		58,354
Effect of potentially dilutive shares:
Stock options, restricted stock units, market stock units and performance stock units	2,957		—		—
Shares issuable pursuant to the ESPP	5		—		—

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, diluted	65,118		60,105		58,354
Net income (loss) per common share, diluted	$	0.80	$	(0.64)	$	(1.12)

The dilutive impact of the 2026 convertible senior notes was calculated using the if-converted method. When considering the interest expense, tax effected using the combined federal and blended state rate of 24.9%, conversion of the 2026 convertible senior notes would have resulted in earnings per share that were higher than basic earnings per share, and therefore the 2026 convertible senior notes were antidilutive for the year ended December 31, 2025 and are excluded above. Due to a net loss, basic and diluted loss per share were the same for each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as the effect of all potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the anti-dilutive common share equivalents for the periods listed:


	Year ended December 31,
	2025	2024	2023
Stock options, restricted stock units, market stock units and performance stock units	479	4,590	4,776
Shares issuable pursuant to the ESPP	15	68	102
Shares related to convertible notes	3,431	4,793	5,042
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from diluted income per common share	3,925	9,451	9,920

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU No. 2025-06, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other— Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software." The amendments are intended to reduce diversity in practice and provide clearer criteria for determining which implementation and development costs should be capitalized versus expensed. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Entities may apply a prospective transition approach, a modified transition approach, or a retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

F-18

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-05, "Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets" which provides targeted improvements to the guidance for measuring expected credit losses. The amendments are intended to enhance consistency in application and clarify the treatment of certain financial assets within the scope of Topic 326. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim periods within those annual reporting periods, on a prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, "Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses" which requires public companies to disclose additional information about certain costs and expenses in the financial statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this standard will have on its financial statement disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvement to Income Tax Disclosures" which requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity's effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, on a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company retrospectively adopted the standard during the year ended December 31, 2025. See Note 15 - Provision for Income Taxes for further detail.

3. Revenues

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table disaggregates the Company's revenue by major source:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Subscription	$	648,598	$	553,610	$	475,945
Transactional	70,643		68,489		65,416
Services and Other	75,568		74,365		83,263
Total Revenues	$	794,809	$	696,464	$	624,624

Deferred Revenues

Deferred revenue primarily consists of payments received and amounts billed in advance for subscription and implementation services prior to satisfying the Company’s performance obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized $134.6 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2024.

Remaining Performance Obligations

On December 31, 2025, the Company had $2.69 billion of remaining performance obligations, which represents contracted revenue minimums that have not yet been recognized, including amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. The Company expects to recognize approximately 52% of its remaining performance obligations as revenue in the next 24 months, an additional 34% in the next 25 to 48 months and the balance thereafter.

F-19

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Allowance for Credit Losses and Other Reserved Balances

The Company is exposed to credit losses primarily through sales of products and services. The Company assesses the collectability of outstanding contract assets on an ongoing basis and maintains a reserve which is included in the allowance for credit losses for contract assets deemed uncollectible. The Company analyzes the contract asset portfolio for significant risks by considering historical collection experience and forecasting of future collectability to determine the amount of revenues that will ultimately be collected from its customers. Customer type (whether a customer is a financial institution or other digital solution provider) has been identified as the primary specific risk affecting the Company's contract assets, and the estimate for losses is analyzed quarterly and adjusted as necessary. Future collectability may be impacted by current and anticipated economic conditions that could impact the Company's customers. Additionally, specific allowance amounts may be established to record the appropriate provision for customers that have a higher probability of default. Nominal amounts were provisioned by the Company for expected credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, and no charges were taken against the allowance at either December 31, 2025 or 2024. The allowance for credit losses related to contract assets was $0.05 million and $0.02 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Company assesses the collectability of outstanding accounts receivable on an ongoing basis and maintains an allowance for credit losses for accounts receivable deemed uncollectible. The Company analyzes the accounts receivable portfolio for significant risks and considers prior periods and forecasts future collectability to determine the amount of revenues that will ultimately be collected from its customers. This estimate is analyzed quarterly and adjusted as necessary. Identified risks pertaining to the Company's accounts receivable include the delinquency level and customer type. Future collectability may be impacted by current and anticipated economic conditions that could impact the Company's customers. Due to the short-term nature of such receivables, the estimate of the amount of accounts receivable that may not be collected is based on aging of the accounts receivable balances and the financial condition of customers. Historically, the Company's collection experience has not varied significantly, and bad debt expenses have been insignificant. Nominal amounts were provisioned by the Company for the expected losses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, and nominal charges were taken against the allowance at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The allowance for credit losses related to accounts receivable was $0.4 million and 0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Company maintains reserves for estimated sales credits issued to customers for billing disputes or other service-related reasons. These allowances are recorded as a reduction against current period revenues and accounts receivable. In estimating this allowance, the Company analyzes prior periods to determine the amounts of sales credits issued to customers compared to the revenues in the period that related to the original customer invoice. This estimate is analyzed semi-annually and adjusted as necessary. The Company also maintains specific reserves for anticipated contract concessions. The allowance for sales credits and specific reserves was $1.1 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The following table shows the Company's allowance for sales credits, credit losses, and other reserved balances as follows:


	Beginning Balance		Additions		Deductions		Ending Balance
Year Ended December 31, 2023	$	2,000	$	1,214	$	(1,813)	$	1,401
Year Ended December 31, 2024	1,401		1,196		(1,254)		1,343
Year Ended December 31, 2025	$	1,343	$	3,752	$	(3,530)	$	1,565

F-20

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

4. Fair Value Measurements

The carrying values of the Company's financial assets not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, principally accounts receivable, restricted cash and accounts payable, approximated their fair values due to the short period of time to maturity or repayment.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The current accounting guidance for fair value measurements defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures as follows:

•Level I—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•Level II—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level I that are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data; and

•Level III—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, which requires the Company to develop its own assumptions.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table details the fair value hierarchy of the Company's financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2025:


			Fair Value Measurements Using:
Assets	Fair Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level I)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level II)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level III)
Cash Equivalents:
Money market funds	$	94,119	$	94,119	$	—	$	—






Investments:	Fair Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level I)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level II)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level III)
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	41,443	$	—	$	41,443	$	—
Certificates of deposit	8,839		—		8,839		—
U.S. government securities	14,095		—		14,095		—
	$	64,377	$	—	$	64,377	$	—

F-21

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The following table details the fair value hierarchy of the Company's financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2024:


			Fair Value Measurements Using:
Assets	Fair Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level I)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level II)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level III)
Cash Equivalents:
Money market funds	$	63,945	$	63,945	$	—	$	—
Certificates of deposit	245		—		245		—


	$	64,190	$	63,945	$	245	$	—


Investments:	Fair Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level I)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level II)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level III)
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	46,702	$	—	$	46,702	$	—
Certificates of deposit	14,092		—		14,092		—
U.S. government securities	26,922		—		26,922		—
	$	87,716	$	—	$	87,716	$	—

The Company determines the fair value of the vast majority of its debt investment holdings based on pricing from its pricing vendors. The valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of financial instruments having Level II inputs were derived from non-binding consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data or quoted market prices for similar instruments. Such market prices may be quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level I inputs) or pricing determined using inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level II inputs).

5. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

The Company's cash, cash equivalents and investments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 consisted primarily of cash, U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, money market funds and other equity investments.

The Company classifies its debt investments as available-for-sale at the time of purchase and reevaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date. All debt investments are recorded at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders' equity. If the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the available-for-sale debt security, it considers the available-for-sale debt security to be impaired. For individual debt securities classified as available-for-sale and deemed impaired, the Company assesses whether such decline has resulted from a credit loss or other factors. Impairment relating to credit losses is recorded through a reserve, limited to the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Impairment is reported in other income, net on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains and losses are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in other income, net on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Interest, amortization of premiums and accretion of discount on all debt investments classified as available-for-sale are also included as a component of other income, net on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Based on the Company's assessment, no impairments for credit losses were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

F-22

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The Company has invested in a private financial technology investment fund, classified as an equity investment. Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value, where the Company has no influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee, are recorded at cost, less impairment and adjusted for subsequent observable price changes obtained from orderly transactions for identical or similar investments issued by the same investee. An impairment charge to current earnings is recorded when the cost of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company determined there were no other-than-temporary impairment on its equity investment. This equity investment had a carrying amount of $0.7 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company's cash was $273.5 million and $294.4 million, respectively.

A summary of the Company's cash equivalents and investments that are carried at fair value as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:


Cash Equivalents:	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Money market funds	$	94,119	$	—	$	—	$	94,119


Investments:	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	41,407	$	39	$	(3)	$	41,443
Certificates of deposit	8,835		4		—		8,839
U.S. government securities	14,074		21		—		$	14,095
	$	64,316	$	64	$	(3)	$	64,377

A summary of the Company's cash equivalents and investments that are carried at fair value as of December 31, 2024 is as follows:


Cash Equivalents:	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Money market funds	$	63,945	$	—	$	—	$	63,945
Certificates of deposit	245		—		—		245


	$	64,190	$	—	$	—	$	64,190


Investments:	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	46,626	$	104	$	(28)	$	46,702
Certificates of deposit	14,076		20		(4)		14,092
U.S. government securities	26,917		22		(17)		26,922
	$	87,619	$	146	$	(49)	$	87,716

Investments may be sold or may settle at any time, without significant penalty, for use in current operations or for other purposes, even if they have not yet reached maturity. As a result, the Company classifies its investments, including investments with maturities beyond twelve months, as current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-23

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the Company's debt investments, designated as available-for-sale and classified by the contractual maturity date of the investments as of the dates shown:


	December 31,
	2025		2024
Due within one year or less	$	58,782	$	49,460
Due after one year through two years	5,595		38,256
	$	64,377	$	87,716

The Company has certain available-for-sale debt investments in a gross unrealized loss position. The Company regularly reviews its debt investments for impairment resulting from credit loss using both qualitative and quantitative criteria, as necessary, based on the composition of the portfolio at period end. The Company considers factors such as the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than the cost, the financial position and near-term prospects of the issuer or whether the Company has the intent to or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the investments before recovery of the investments' amortized-cost basis. If the Company determines that impairment exists in one of these investments, the respective investments would be written down to fair value. For debt securities, the portion of the write-down related to credit loss would be recognized in other income, net on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) if the intent of the Company was to sell the investments before recovery. Any portion not related to credit loss would be included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheets. Because the Company does not intend to sell any investments which have an unrealized loss position at this time, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the reserve for available-for-sale debt securities was zero as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The following table presents the fair values and the gross unrealized losses of these available-for-sale debt investments as of December 31, 2025, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position:


	Less than 12 months				12 months or greater
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	1,492	$	(3)	$	1,009	$	—
Certificates of deposit	—		—		494		—
U.S. government securities	1,236		—		—		—
	$	2,728	$	(3)	$	1,503	$	—

The following table presents the fair values and the gross unrealized losses of these available-for-sale debt investments as of December 31, 2024, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position:


	Less than 12 months				12 months or greater
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	19,229	$	(28)	$	—	$	—
Certificates of deposit	1,722		(4)		248		—
U.S. government securities	9,882		(17)		—		—
	$	30,833	$	(49)	$	248	$	—

F-24

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

6. Deferred Solution and Other Costs

Deferred solution and other costs, current portion and net of current portion, consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2025		2024
Deferred solution costs	$	12,966	$	16,741
Deferred commissions	9,665		9,870
Deferred solution and other costs, current portion	$	22,631	$	26,611

Deferred solution costs	$	1,699	$	2,628
Deferred commissions	26,128		25,488
Deferred solution and other costs, net of current portion	$	27,827	$	28,116

7. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2025		2024
Computer hardware and equipment	$	71,984	$	70,390
Purchased software and licenses	10,995		11,053
Furniture and fixtures	9,045		10,194
Leasehold improvements	36,869		30,496
	128,893		122,133
Accumulated depreciation	(101,110)		(90,605)
Property and equipment, net	$	27,783	$	31,528

Depreciation expense was $14.4 million, $16.6 million and $19.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The carrying amount of goodwill was $512.9 million at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. The annual impairment test was performed as of October 31, 2025. No impairment of goodwill was identified during 2025, nor has any impairment of goodwill been recorded to date.

Intangible assets at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:


	As of December 31, 2025						As of December 31, 2024
	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount
Customer relationships	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,495	$	(1,401)	$	94


Acquired technology	117,737		(101,481)		16,256		150,097		(112,791)		37,306
Capitalized software development costs	103,884		(41,763)		62,121		81,080		(23,847)		57,233
	$	221,621	$	(143,244)	$	78,377	$	232,672	$	(138,039)	$	94,633

F-25

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The estimated useful lives and weighted average remaining amortization periods for intangible assets at December 31, 2025 are as follows (in years):


	Estimated Useful Life	Weighted Average Remaining Amortization Period



Acquired technology	5 - 7	1.0
Capitalized software development costs	5	3.5
Total		3.0

The Company recorded intangible assets from various prior business combinations as well as capitalized software development costs. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from five to seven years. During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company capitalized software development costs of $23.2 million, $25.2 million and $27.6 million. Amortization expense included in cost of revenues on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) was $39.0 million, $35.2 million and $31.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Amortization expense included in operating expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) was $0.1 million, $17.0 million and $20.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized an impairment loss related to capitalized software development costs for certain software assets that are no longer expected to be recoverable. The Company determined the amount of the impairment as the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its estimated fair value using a discounted cash flow model. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 million to research and development expense within the Company's consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) during year ended December 31, 2025.

The estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2025 was as follows:


	Amortization
Year Ended December 31,
2026	$	35,299
2027	19,364
2028	13,138
2029	7,681
2030	2,895

Total amortization	$	78,377

9. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2025		2024
Accrued hosting fees	$	4,205	$	2,704
Accrued transaction processing fees	6,115		5,904

Accrued professional services	2,331		2,748
Lease and other restructuring charges	706		1,868

Other	11,215		5,015
Accrued liabilities	$	24,572	$	18,239

F-26

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

10. Leases

The Company leases office space under non-cancellable operating leases for its corporate headquarters in Austin, Texas, in two adjacent buildings under separate lease agreements. Pursuant to the first agreement, the Company leases office space with an initial term that expires on April 30, 2028, with the option to extend the lease for an additional ten-year term. The Company is not reasonably certain to exercise the renewal under this agreement, therefore no amounts related to this option is recognized as part of lease liabilities or right of use assets. Pursuant to the second agreement, the Company leases office space with lease terms of approximately ten years, with an option to extend the lease on the second building from five to ten years. The Company is reasonably certain to exercise this renewal under this agreement, therefore amounts were related to this option are recognized as part of lease liabilities and right of use assets. The Company also leases office space in other U.S. cities located in Nebraska, Iowa and North Carolina. Internationally, the Company leases offices in India and Australia, and from time to time, employees may work from flexible office spaces in the U.S. and internationally.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded $4.0 million in lease liabilities related to the renewals and expansions of our office lease agreements. The Company recognized corresponding right of use assets of $3.3 million, net of $0.7 million in tenant lease improvement allowances. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has received no reimbursements for this allowance, and has a remaining allowance receivable of $0.7 million included as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. The Company believes its current facilities are adequate to meet its current needs. The Company intends to secure new facilities or expand existing facilities to support future growth and believes suitable additional or alternative space will available on commercially reasonable terms as needed to accommodate operations.

Rent expense under operating leases was $6.0 million, $5.7 million and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The components of lease costs, lease term and discount rate as of December 31 were as follows:


	Operating Leases
	2025			2024			2023
Lease expense:
Operating lease expense	$	8,577		$	9,360		$	9,257
Sublease income	(826)			(949)			(1,004)
Total lease expense	$	7,751		$	8,411		$	8,253

Other information:
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities	$	12,510		$	13,220		$	12,678
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023	$	3,532		$	2,605		$	3,292
Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases	6.1 years			6.2 years			6.6 years
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases	5.7		%	6.0		%	6.2		%

F-27

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Maturities of the Company's operating lease liabilities for lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2025 were as follows:


	Operating Leases
Year Ended December 31,
2026	$	10,787
2027	9,679
2028	6,465
2029	4,947
2030	5,050
Thereafter	13,472
Total lease payments	50,400
Less: imputed interest	(7,653)
Total operating lease liabilities	$	42,747

The Company is reasonably certain to exercise the renewal options on three of its buildings. The future operating lease payments include $16.3 million in optional lease renewals where the Company is reasonably certain of exercising those options. Additionally, the Company's operating lease liabilities include $12.3 million and right of use assets include $8.8 million in optional lease renewals.

As of December 31, 2025 the Company has active sublease agreements related to excess office space in North Carolina and Nebraska.

The Company has exited and made available for sublease certain leased office spaces, and updated assessments of previously exited leased office spaces. As a result, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its right of use and other lease related assets and determined that their carrying values were not fully recoverable. The Company calculated the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to its estimated fair value using a discounted cash flow model. During the year ended December 31, 2025, impairment charges of $0.5 million were recorded to right of use assets. During the year ended December 31, 2024, impairment charges of $0.8 million were recorded to right of use assets and charges of $0.1 million were recorded to property and equipment. These charges were recorded within operating expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

11. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has non-cancelable contractual commitments related to the 2026 Notes (as defined below) as well as the related interest. The interest on the 2026 Notes is payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year. See Note 12 - Debt for additional information about the Company's convertible senior notes. The Company also has non-cancelable contractual commitments for certain third-party products, stadium sponsorship costs, commitment fees associated with the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement, third-party public cloud service provider fees and other product costs. Several of these purchase commitments for third-party products contain both a contractual minimum obligation and a variable obligation based upon usage or other factors which can change on a monthly basis. The estimated amounts for usage and other factors are not included within the table below.

F-28

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Future minimum contractual commitments that have initial non-cancelable terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2025 were as follows:


	Contractual Commitments
Year Ended December 31,
2026	$	417,274
2027	87,972
2028	56,675
2029	182
2030	—

Total commitments	$	562,103

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is involved in legal proceedings arising both in and outside the ordinary course of its business. The Company is not presently a party to any legal proceedings that it believes, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

In March 2025, the Company agreed to settle a dispute with a former commercial real estate broker related to commissions for the lease of its current headquarters, pursuant to which the Company paid $1.8 million to settle the matter in full. The Company has recorded the entire amount within general and administrative expenses on its consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The Company considers this specific settlement as a non-recurring charge due to the unique nature of the dispute and the underlying facts, which are outside the normal course of its business.

Loss Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies that cover a range of matters. An estimated loss from a loss contingency, such as a legal proceeding or claim, is accrued if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

Severance and Other Related Costs

During the second half of 2025, the Company incurred contractual severance-related expenses for the departure of executive officers that are included within lease and other restructuring charges on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The severance charges relating to the executive departures are anticipated to be paid out over the 18 months following the executives' departures, consistent with employment arrangements. During 2025 cash payments of $0.8 million were made for the incurred costs in 2025 and for the previous year's executive departure. The remaining liability related to these and prior year's charges is included in accrued compensation on the consolidated balance sheets in the amount of $1.8 million and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

12. Debt

The following table presents details of the Company's convertible senior notes outstanding as of December 31, 2025, which are further discussed below (principal in thousands):


	Date Issued	Maturity Date (1)	Principal		Interest Rate per Annum		Conversion Rate for Each $1,000 Principal (2)		Initial Conversion Price per Share
2026 Notes	June 1, 2019	June 1, 2026	$	303,995	0.75	%	$	11.2851	$	88.61

____________________________________________________________________________

(1) Unless earlier converted or repurchased in accordance with their terms prior to such date

(2) Subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events

F-29

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

In June 2019, the Company issued $316.3 million principal amount of convertible senior notes due in June 2026, or the 2026 Notes. Interest is payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2019. In November 2020, the Company issued $350.0 million principal amount of convertible senior notes due in November 2025, or the 2025 Notes. Interest is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 2021.

In March 2023, the Company repurchased $12.3 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes for $10.7 million in cash and repurchased $159.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes for $138.4 million in cash. The partial repurchase of the 2026 Notes and 2025 Notes resulted in a $19.9 million gain on early debt extinguishment, of which $1.8 million consisted of unamortized debt issuance costs. This gain was recorded within other income, net on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). In November 2025, the Company repaid the remaining $191.0 million of principal and the remaining accrued interest in cash to the debt holders to fully settle the 2025 Notes on the maturity date.

The Company may repurchase additional 2026 Notes from time to time through open market purchases, block trades, and/or privately negotiated transactions, in compliance with applicable securities laws and other legal requirements. The timing, volume, and nature of the repurchases will be determined by the Company based on the capital needs of the business, market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors.

The 2026 Notes are the Company's senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to any of the Company's indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2026 Notes, rank equally in right of payment with any of the Company's indebtedness that is not so subordinated, are effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company's secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company's current and future subsidiaries.

On or after June 5, 2023, the Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2026 Notes, at the Company's option, if the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30-consecutive trading-day period. If the Company calls any or all of the 2026 Notes for redemption, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2026 Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day prior to the redemption date, even if the 2026 Notes are not otherwise convertible at such time. After that time, the right to convert such 2026 Notes will expire, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, in which case a holder of the 2026 Notes may convert all or any portion of its 2026 Notes until the redemption price has been paid or duly provided for.

On or after March 1, 2026, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2026 Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, regardless of the succeeding conditions described herein. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver cash, shares of its common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock, at its election, as described in the indentures governing the 2026 Notes.

Holders may convert their 2026 Notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2026, only under the following circumstances:

•during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2019 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;

•during the five consecutive business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2026 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or

•upon the occurrence of specified corporate events.

If a fundamental change (as defined in the relevant indenture governing the 2026 Notes) occurs prior to the maturity date, holders of the 2026 Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

F-30

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The 2026 and 2025 Notes consist of the following:


	As of December 31, 2025					As of December 31, 2024
		2026 Notes		2025 Notes			2026 Notes		2025 Notes
Principal		$	303,995	$	—		$	303,995	$	191,000
Unamortized debt issuance costs		(627)		—			(1,880)		(669)
Net carrying amount		$	303,368	$	—		$	302,115	$	190,331

As of December 31, 2025, the 2026 Notes were not convertible. As of December 31, 2025, the if-converted value of the 2026 Notes did not exceed the principal amount. The if-converted value was determined based on the closing price of the Company's stock on December 31, 2025.

Capped Call Transactions

In connection with the issuance of the 2026 Notes, the Company entered into capped call transactions, or the Capped Calls, with one or more counterparties. The Capped Calls associated with the 2026 Notes have an initial strike price of $88.6124 per share, subject to certain adjustments, which corresponds to the initial conversion price of the 2026 Notes. The Capped Calls have an initial cap price of $139.00 per share. The Capped Calls are expected to offset the potential dilution to the common stock upon any conversion of the 2026 Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes in the event the market price per share of common stock is greater than the strike price of the Capped Call, with such offset subject to a cap. If, however, the market price per share of the common stock exceeds the cap price of the Capped Calls, there would be dilution and/or there would not be an offset of such potential cash payments, in each case, to the extent that the then-market price per share of the common stock exceeds the cap price. As the Capped Calls are considered indexed to the Company's stock and are considered equity classified, they are recorded in stockholders' equity on the consolidated balance sheets and are not accounted for as derivatives. The cost of $40.8 million incurred in connection with the Capped Calls associated with the 2026 Notes was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

In March 2023, in connection with the partial repurchase of the 2026 and 2025 Notes, the Company terminated the Capped Calls in a notional amount corresponding to the aggregate principal amount of the 2026 and 2025 Notes that were repurchased. As a result of the termination of the related Capped Calls, the Company received cash payments of $0.1 million. The proceeds were recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheets.

Revolving Credit Agreement

On July 29, 2024, the Company entered into a five-year secured Revolving Credit Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Texas Capital Bank. The Revolving Credit Agreement provides for a revolving line of credit of up to $125.0 million, which may be drawn upon as revolving loans, swingline loans or letter of credit issuances, with sublimits (i) in the case of swingline loans, in an amount up to $20.0 million and (ii) in the case of letters of credit, in an amount up to $10.0 million. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement may, at the Company's election, bear interest quarterly at either (a) the base rate plus the applicable margin ("Base Rate Loans") or (b) the adjusted term secured overnight financing rate (the "SOFR"), plus the applicable margin (the "Adjusted Term SOFR Loans"). The applicable margin ranges from 0.75% to 1.50% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 1.75% to 2.50% per annum for Adjusted Term SOFR loans. A commitment fee accrues at a rate ranging from 0.15% to 0.30% per annum, based on the Company's consolidated total net leverage ratio, of the average daily unused portion of the commitment of the lenders.

F-31

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The Revolving Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants which restrict the ability of the Company, or any of its subsidiaries to, among other things, create liens, incur additional indebtedness and engage in certain other transactions, in each case subject to certain exclusions. In addition, the Revolving Credit Agreement contains certain financial covenants which become effective in the event the Company's liquidity (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) falls below specified levels. The Revolving Credit Agreement contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults, breach of covenants, cross-default acceleration to material indebtedness, bankruptcy-related defaults, judgment defaults, and the occurrence of certain change of control events. The occurrence of an event of default may result in the termination of the Revolving Credit Agreement and acceleration of repayment obligations with respect to any outstanding principal amounts. As of December 31, 2025, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

As of December 31, 2025, $0.7 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Revolving Credit Agreement is included in prepaid expense and other current assets and other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Interest Expense on Debt

The following table sets forth expenses related to the 2026 and 2025 Notes and Revolving Credit Agreement:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Contractual interest expense	$	2,815	$	2,681	$	2,532
Amortization of debt issuance costs	2,111		2,059		2,104
Total	$	4,926	$	4,740	$	4,636

Debt issuance costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the 2026 Notes and the Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively. For the 2026 Notes, the straight-line basis approximates the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2025, the remaining period over which the debt issuance costs will be amortized for the 2026 Notes was 0.4 years.

13. Stock-Based Compensation

In March 2014, the Company's board of directors approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan terminated on June 1, 2023, except with respect to the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder. As of June 1, 2023, there were 7,606 shares of common stock that were reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding awards, assuming maximum performance for any performance-based awards, under the 2014 Plan.

In May 2023, the Company's stockholders approved the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2023 Plan, with an effective date of June 1, 2023, under which stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and units and other cash-based or stock-based awards may be granted to employees, consultants and directors. At time of approval, up to 14,045 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2023 Plan, all of which consisted of shares previously reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan and any shares that would otherwise be returned to the 2014 Plan as a result of the forfeiture, repurchase or termination of awards issued under that plan. The 2023 Plan is a successor to and continuation of the Company's 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2025, 5,587 shares remain authorized and available for future issuance under the 2023 Plan, assuming attainment of maximum performance for any market stock units or performance stock units.

In March 2014, the Company adopted its ESPP. The plan was implemented starting January 3, 2022, pursuant to which certain participating domestic employees are able to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at a 15% discount of the lower of the market price at the beginning or end of the applicable offering period. Offering periods commence on each June 1 and December 1. The Board provided for a share reserve with respect to the ESPP of 800 shares. The ESPP contains a provision that automatically increases the shares available for issuance under the plan on January 1 of each year through 2024, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 500 shares, (b) 1% of the number of shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (c) such other amount as may be determined by the Company's board of directors. As of December 31, 2025, 1,129 shares remain authorized and available for future issuance under the ESPP.

F-32

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Stock-based compensation expense was recorded in the following cost and expense categories on the Company's consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Cost of revenues	$	9,711	$	11,821	$	13,346
Sales and marketing	14,196		16,779		16,771
Research and development	16,860		16,456		15,157
General and administrative	46,182		44,159		33,914
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	86,949	$	89,215	$	79,188

Stock-based compensation capitalized as an asset was $3.1 million, $5.1 million and $5.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Stock Options

Stock option activity was as follows:


	Number of Options	Weighted Average Exercise Price
Balance as of January 1, 2023	324	$	35.07
Granted	—	—
Exercised	(74)	30.91
Forfeited	—	—
Expired	(4)	27.86
Balance as of December 31, 2023	246	36.43
Granted	—	—
Exercised	(234)	35.90
Forfeited	—	—
Expired	—	—
Balance as of December 31, 2024	12	47.00
Granted	—	—
Exercised	(12)	47.00
Forfeited	—	—
Expired	—	—
Balance as of December 31, 2025	—	$	—

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $0.5 million, $1.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively. There were no stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2025.

F-33

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock unit activity was as follows:


	Number of Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested as of January 1, 2023	2,944	$	59.99
Granted	1,981	32.31
Vested	(963)	63.59
Forfeited	(366)	48.39
Nonvested as of December 31, 2023	3,596	44.96
Granted	1,513	49.30
Vested	(1,231)	50.49
Forfeited	(361)	45.45
Nonvested as of December 31, 2024	3,517	44.84
Granted	746	85.81
Vested	(1,346)	48.88
Forfeited	(317)	49.66
Nonvested as of December 31, 2025	2,600	$	53.91

The total fair value of restricted stock units vested during each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $111.2 million, $75.7 million and $32.5 million, respectively. Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units was $98.3 million as of December 31, 2025, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 2.4 years.

Market Stock Units and Performance Stock Units

MSU and PSU activity was as follows:


	Number of Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested as of January 1, 2023	399	$	57.42
Granted	587	39.59
Vested	(4)	23.21
Forfeited	(48)	55.55
Nonvested as of December 31, 2023	934	46.45
Granted	389	59.92
Change in awards based on performance(1)	11	88.40
Vested	(82)	45.90
Forfeited	(191)	59.12
Nonvested as of December 31, 2024	1,061	49.58
Granted	241	92.20
Change in awards based on performance(1)	317	47.21
Vested	(629)	47.08
Forfeited	(111)	64.50
Nonvested as of December 31, 2025	879	$	60.31

________________________________________________________________________

(1)Represents the change in the number of MSUs and PSUs earned based on performance achievement for the performance period.

F-34

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Significant assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation model for the TSR PSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025	2024	2023
Volatility	52.5%	53.5 - 54.1%	52.7 - 54.8%
Risk-free interest rate	3.9%	4.2 - 4.5%	3.9 - 4.5%
Dividend yield	—	—	—
Longest remaining performance period (in years)	3	3	3

The total fair value of MSUs and PSUs vested during each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $49.5 million, $5.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to MSUs and PSUs was $27.3 million as of December 31, 2025, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of ESPP purchase rights:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025	2024	2023
Risk-free interest rate	3.8 - 4.4%	4.4 - 5.4%	5.3 - 5.4%
Expected life (in years)	0.5	0.5	0.5
Expected volatility	41.4 - 46.3%	38.4 - 40.8%	37.2 - 66.0%
Dividend yield	—	—	—
Grant date fair value per share	$19.54 - $24.97	$16.55 - $28.10	$9.71 - $9.87

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company's employees purchased 95 shares under the ESPP at a weighted-average price of $68.09 per share, resulting in cash proceeds of $6.5 million. Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the ESPP was $1.1 million as of December 31, 2025, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 0.4 years.

14. Repurchase Program

In October 2025, the Company's Board of Directors authorized its Repurchase Program that authorizes the Company to repurchase up to $150.0 million, of its common stock. The Repurchase Program permits shares of common stock to be repurchased from time to time at management's discretion, through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including accelerated share repurchase transactions, block trades or pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. The timing and number of shares of common stock repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the market price of our common stock, general business and market conditions, alternative investment opportunities and funding considerations. The Repurchase Program does not obligate the Company to repurchase any specific number or dollar amount of shares and has no expiration date. The Repurchase Program may be modified, suspended or terminated by the Company's Board of Directors at any time. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company had repurchased 69 shares for $5.0 million. All shares of common stock repurchased were retired. As of December 31, 2025, $145.0 million remained available for future stock repurchases.

F-35

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

15. Provision for Income Taxes

The U.S. and non-U.S. components of loss before income taxes consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2025		2024
U.S.	$	46,260	$	(38,615)
Non-U.S.	8,466		7,755
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	54,725	$	(30,860)

The components of the Company's provision for income taxes consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Current taxes:
Federal	$	—	$	—	$	—
Foreign	1,125		2,151		1,976
State	662		3,025		660
Total current taxes	$	1,787	$	5,176	$	2,636
Deferred taxes:
Federal	$	433	$	1,427	$	420

Foreign	(116)		276		(251)
State	613		797		757
Total deferred taxes	930		2,500		926
Provision for income taxes	$	2,717	$	7,676	$	3,562

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred taxes consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2025		2024
Deferred tax assets:
NOL and credit carryforwards	$	131,077	$	116,084
Deferred revenue	24,846		26,069
Accrued expenses and other	5,355		7,190
Stock-based compensation	9,716		11,080
Lease liabilities	10,287		11,633

Convertible debt hedge	599		2,957
IRC Section 174 expenditures	58,558		73,860
Total deferred tax assets	240,438		248,873
Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred expenses	(18,746)		(17,858)

Depreciation and amortization	(9,993)		(11,441)
Capitalized software	—		(1,690)
Right of use assets	(6,489)		(7,166)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(35,228)		(38,155)
Deferred tax assets less tax liabilities	205,210		210,718
Less: valuation allowance	(212,512)		(217,053)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(7,302)	$	(6,335)

F-36

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $458.8 million and $438.4 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, of which $4.5 million will expire at various dates beginning in 2026, if not utilized, and $454.3 million have an indefinite carryforward period. Federal net operating losses generated during and after the year ended December 31, 2018 will have an indefinite carryforward period. The Company also held federal R&D tax credits of $19.6 million and state tax credits of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, and federal R&D tax credits of $8.9 million and state tax credits of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The federal and state tax credit carry overs will begin to expire in 2033, if not utilized.

The Company has established a valuation allowance due to uncertainties regarding the realization of deferred tax assets based on the Company's lack of earnings history. During 2025, the valuation allowance decreased by approximately $4.5 million due to continuing operations.

At December 31, 2025, the Company's foreign subsidiaries' undistributed earnings have been retained and are intended to be indefinitely reinvested. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of any taxes that would be payable upon remittance of these earnings, because such tax, if any, is dependent upon circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.

On July 4, 2025, H.R. 1, the "One Big Beautiful Bill Act," was signed into law. This legislation includes several changes to federal tax law that generally allow for more favorable deductibility of certain business expenses beginning in 2025, including the restoration of immediate expensing of domestic research and development expenditures, reinstatement of 100% bonus depreciation, and more favorable rules for determining the limitation on business interest expense. These changes were reflected in the income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2025.

F-37

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The Company's provision for income taxes attributable to continuing operations differs from the expected tax expense amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to income before taxes for each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively, primarily as a result of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025				2024				2023
	Amount		Percentage		Amount		Percentage		Amount		Percentage
Income tax at U.S. statutory rate	$	11,492	21.00	%	$	(6,480)	21.00	%	$	(12,982)	21.00	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit (1)	59		0.11	%	3,356		(10.88)	%	1,391		(2.25)	%
Foreign tax effects:
Canada
Rate differential	15		0.03	%	26		(0.08)	%	32		(0.05)	%
Stock based compensation	141		0.26	%	499		(1.62)	%	963		(1.56)	%
NOL adjustment	—		—	%	—		—	%	8,170		(13.22)	%
Changes in valuation allowance	—		—	%	—		—	%	(8,307)		13.44	%
Other	(173)		(0.32)	%	(294)		0.95	%	94		(0.15)	%
India
Rate differential	306		0.56	%	245		(0.79)	%	51		(0.08)	%
Previously taxed income	(1,245)		(2.27)	%	(531)		1.72	%	—		—	%
Withholding taxes	(832)		(1.52)	%	375		(1.22)	%	—		—	%
Other	628		1.15	%	232		(0.75)	%	24		(0.04)	%
Other foreign jurisdictions	431		0.79	%	220		(0.71)	%	106		(0.17)	%
Effect of cross-border tax laws
GILTI	—		—	%	605		(1.96)	%	(1,688)		2.73	%
Enactment of new tax laws	82		0.15	%	—		—	%	—		—	%
Nondeductible items

Stock compensation	2,116		3.86	%	6,840		(22.17)	%	10,070		(16.29)	%
Other	221		0.40	%	38		(0.12)	%	185		(0.30)	%
Tax credits
Research and development credit	(13,409)		(24.50)	%	—		—	%	—		—	%
Changes in valuation allowance	(1,733)		(3.17)	%	2,366		(7.67)	%	5,052		(8.17)	%
Changes in UTP	2,995		5.47	%	376		(1.22)	%	(257)		0.42	%
Other
Other	349		0.64	%	(197)		0.64	%	658		(1.07)	%
Capitalized R&D	1,274		2.33	%	—		—	%	—		—	%
Income tax provision effective rate	$	2,717	4.97	%	$	7,676	(24.88)	%	$	3,562	(5.76)	%

____________________________________________________________________________

(1) The states that contribute to the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category include California, Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota, New York, Pennsylvania and Texas in 2025; California, Illinois, Oregon and Texas in 2024; and California, Iowa, Maine, Minnesota, New York and Texas in 2023.

F-38

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

The amounts of cash taxes paid are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023

U.S. Federal	$	259	$	—	$	—
State taxes
California	216		**		**
Illinois	**		349		267
Pennsylvania	**		352		316
Texas	300		**		158
Other states	550		1,725		403
Foreign taxes
Australia	289		**		368
Canada	**		1,346		**
India	2,033		2,073		1,015
Other foreign	193		35		95
Total	$	3,840	$	5,880	$	2,622

____________________________________________________________________________

(**) The amount of income taxes paid during the year does not meet the 5% disaggregation threshold.

The total amount of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $4.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The reconciliation of uncertain tax positions at the beginning and end of the year is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
Beginning balance	$	1,096	$	720
Gross increase related to prior year positions	1,557		38

Gross increase related to current year positions	1,437		338


Ending balance	$	4,090	$	1,096

At December 31, 2025, approximately $1.4 million would reduce the Company's annual effective tax rate, if recognized. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had no accrued interest. The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that any of its unrecognized tax positions will be resolved within the next 12 months.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, several state jurisdictions, and in each foreign jurisdiction in which we have operations. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2022. Operating losses and credits generated in years prior to 2022 remain open to adjustment until the statute of limitations closes for the tax year in which the net operating losses and credits are utilized. The tax years 2022 through 2025 remain open to examination by all the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

F-39

Table of Contents

Q2 HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

16. Employee Benefit Plans

Defined contribution plan

In January 2009, the Company adopted a 401(k) retirement savings plan, or 401(k) Plan, covering substantially all employees. The 401(k) Plan also provides for employer contributions to be made at the Company's discretion. The Company makes matching contributions equal to 50% of employee contributions, up to 6% of each participant's compensation. Employees are eligible to participate upon date of hire and are immediately vested in all matching contributions. The Company's policy prohibits participants from direct investment in shares of its common stock within the plan. The Company's contributions charged to expense were $7.7 million, $7.8 million and $7.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Defined benefit plan

The Company maintains a gratuity plan in India, or the Gratuity Plan, that is a statutory post-employment benefit plan providing defined lump sum benefits to vested employees on retirement or upon termination of employment in an amount based on the respective employee's salary and years of employment with the Company. Beginning in 2025, the Company makes annual contributions to the employees' gratuity fund established with a government-owned insurance corporation to fund a portion of the estimated obligation. As of December 31, 2025, the projected benefit obligation was approximately $1.6 million, and the liability is presented as accrued compensation on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025. The Company recognized total expense of $0.6 million related to the Gratuity Plan in the year ended December 31, 2025.

17. Segments and Geographic Information

All revenue-generating activities are directly related to the sale, implementation and support of the Company's solutions in a single operating segment. The Company is a leading provider of digital solutions to financial institutions, FinTechs and Alt-FIs, seeking to incorporate banking into their customer engagement and servicing strategies. The Company derives the majority of its revenues from subscription fees for the use of its hosted solutions, transactional revenue from bill-pay solutions and remote deposit products, revenues for professional services and implementation services related to its solutions and certain third-party related pass-through fees. Additionally, see Note 3 - Revenues for additional information about disaggregated revenue.

The Company's chief operating decision maker, or CODM, is the Chief Executive Officer, and the financial information reviewed by the CODM is presented on a consolidated basis for the single operating segment for purposes of allocating resources, evaluating financial performance and monitoring budget versus actual results based on net income (loss) that is also reported on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as net income (loss). The significant expenses within net income (loss) on which the CODM relies include those that are reported on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The measure of the Company's single operating segment assets is reported on the consolidated balance sheets as total assets. Substantially all of the Company's principal operations, assets and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

F-40